[7.2.216] Two error messages have the same number E812.
[vim_extended.git] / src / screen.c
blobabe721ed2616b32f74115773b304e9958bbc1bc3
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the
29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
30 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used.
32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
36 * ScreenLines[].
38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
40 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
55 * later.
57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
73 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
74 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
75 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
76 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
78 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
79 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
81 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
82 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
84 * Things that are handled indirectly:
85 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
86 * update_screen() called to redraw.
89 #include "vim.h"
92 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
94 static int screen_attr = 0;
97 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
98 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
100 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
102 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
103 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
104 #endif
106 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
107 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
108 #endif
111 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
113 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
115 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
116 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
118 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
119 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
120 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
121 #endif
122 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
123 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
124 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
125 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
126 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
127 #else
128 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
129 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
130 #endif
131 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
132 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
133 #endif
134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
135 static void redraw_custum_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
136 #endif
137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
138 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
139 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
140 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
142 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
143 #endif
144 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
145 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
147 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
148 #endif
149 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
150 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
151 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
153 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
154 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
155 #endif
156 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
157 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
158 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
159 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
160 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
161 #endif
162 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
163 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
164 #endif
165 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
166 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
167 #endif
168 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
169 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
170 #endif
171 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
172 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
173 #endif
175 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
177 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
178 #endif
181 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
182 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
183 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
185 void
186 redraw_later(type)
187 int type;
189 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
192 void
193 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
194 win_T *wp;
195 int type;
197 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
199 wp->w_redr_type = type;
200 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
201 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
202 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
203 must_redraw = type;
208 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
209 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
211 void
212 redraw_later_clear()
214 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
216 if (gui.in_use)
217 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
218 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
219 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
220 else
221 #endif
222 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
229 void
230 redraw_all_later(type)
231 int type;
233 win_T *wp;
235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
237 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
244 void
245 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
246 int type;
248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
251 void
252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
253 buf_T *buf;
254 int type;
256 win_T *wp;
258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
261 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
273 void
274 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
275 linenr_T lnum;
276 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */
278 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
279 int i;
280 #endif
282 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
283 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
284 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
285 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
286 redraw_later(VALID);
288 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
289 if (invalid)
291 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
292 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
293 if (i >= 0)
294 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
296 #endif
300 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
302 void
303 update_curbuf(type)
304 int type;
306 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
307 update_screen(type);
311 * update_screen()
313 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
314 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
316 void
317 update_screen(type)
318 int type;
320 win_T *wp;
321 static int did_intro = FALSE;
322 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
323 int did_one;
324 #endif
326 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
327 return;
329 if (must_redraw)
331 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
332 type = must_redraw;
334 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
335 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
336 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
337 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
338 must_redraw = 0;
341 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
342 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
343 type = NOT_VALID;
345 if (!redrawing())
347 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
348 must_redraw = type;
349 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
350 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
351 return;
354 updating_screen = TRUE;
355 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
356 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
357 * display updating */
358 #endif
361 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
363 if (msg_scrolled)
365 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
366 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
367 type = CLEAR;
368 else if (type != CLEAR)
370 check_for_delay(FALSE);
371 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
372 type = CLEAR;
373 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
375 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
377 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
378 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
379 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
380 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
382 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
383 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
385 else
387 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
388 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
389 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
390 <= msg_scrolled)
391 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
392 #endif
396 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
397 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
398 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
399 #endif
401 msg_scrolled = 0;
402 need_wait_return = FALSE;
405 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
406 compute_cmdrow();
408 /* Check for changed highlighting */
409 if (need_highlight_changed)
410 highlight_changed();
412 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
414 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
415 type = NOT_VALID;
418 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
419 check_for_delay(FALSE);
421 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
422 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
423 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
424 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
425 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
426 #endif
429 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
431 if (type == INVERTED)
432 update_curswant();
433 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
434 && !((type == VALID
435 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
436 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
437 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
438 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
439 #endif
440 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
441 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
442 || (type == INVERTED
443 && VIsual_active
444 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
445 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
446 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
447 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
448 #endif
450 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
452 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
453 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
454 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
455 draw_tabline();
456 #endif
458 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
460 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
461 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
463 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
465 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
467 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
468 win_T *wwp;
470 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
471 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
472 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
473 break;
474 # endif
475 if (
476 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
477 wwp == wp &&
478 # endif
479 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
480 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
483 #endif
486 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
487 * it.
489 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
490 did_one = FALSE;
491 #endif
492 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
493 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
494 #endif
495 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
497 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
499 cursor_off();
500 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
501 if (!did_one)
503 did_one = TRUE;
504 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
505 start_search_hl();
506 # endif
507 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
508 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
509 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
510 clip_update_selection();
511 # endif
512 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
513 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
514 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
515 * it. */
516 if (gui.in_use)
517 gui_undraw_cursor();
518 #endif
520 #endif
521 win_update(wp);
524 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
525 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
526 if (wp->w_redr_status)
528 cursor_off();
529 win_redr_status(wp);
531 #endif
533 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
534 end_search_hl();
535 #endif
537 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
538 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
539 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
540 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
541 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
542 #else
543 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
544 #endif
546 updating_screen = FALSE;
547 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
548 gui_may_resize_shell();
549 #endif
551 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
552 * mess up the command line. */
553 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
554 showmode();
556 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
557 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
558 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
559 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
560 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
561 #endif
562 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
563 intro_message(FALSE);
564 did_intro = TRUE;
566 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
567 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
568 * done. */
569 if (gui.in_use)
571 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
572 if (did_one)
573 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
574 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
576 #endif
579 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
580 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
581 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
584 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
586 static void
587 update_prepare()
589 cursor_off();
590 updating_screen = TRUE;
591 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
592 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
593 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
594 if (gui.in_use)
595 gui_undraw_cursor();
596 #endif
597 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
598 start_search_hl();
599 #endif
603 * Finish updating one or more windows.
605 static void
606 update_finish()
608 if (redraw_cmdline)
609 showmode();
611 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
612 end_search_hl();
613 # endif
615 updating_screen = FALSE;
617 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
618 gui_may_resize_shell();
620 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
621 * done. */
622 if (gui.in_use)
624 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
625 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
626 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
628 # endif
630 #endif
632 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
633 void
634 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
635 buf_T *buf;
636 linenr_T lnum;
638 win_T *wp;
639 int doit = FALSE;
641 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
642 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
643 # endif
645 /* update/delete a specific mark */
646 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
648 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
650 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
651 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
653 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
654 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
655 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
656 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
657 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
660 else
661 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
662 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
663 doit = TRUE;
666 if (!doit)
667 return;
669 /* update all windows that need updating */
670 update_prepare();
672 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
673 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
675 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
676 win_update(wp);
677 if (wp->w_redr_status)
678 win_redr_status(wp);
680 # else
681 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
682 win_update(curwin);
683 # endif
685 update_finish();
687 #endif
690 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
692 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
693 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
695 void
696 updateWindow(wp)
697 win_T *wp;
699 update_prepare();
701 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
702 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
703 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
704 clip_update_selection();
705 #endif
707 win_update(wp);
709 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
710 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
711 if (redraw_tabline)
712 draw_tabline();
714 if (wp->w_redr_status
715 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
716 || p_ru
717 # endif
718 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
719 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
720 # endif
722 win_redr_status(wp);
723 #endif
725 update_finish();
727 #endif
730 * Update a single window.
732 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
733 * screen or scrolling lines).
735 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
736 * implies the one below it.
737 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
738 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
739 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
740 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
741 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
742 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
743 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
744 * 3. redraw changed text:
745 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
746 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
747 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
748 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
749 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
750 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
751 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
752 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
753 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
754 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
756 static void
757 win_update(wp)
758 win_T *wp;
760 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
761 int type;
762 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
763 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
764 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
765 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
766 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
767 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
768 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
769 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
770 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
771 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
772 w_topline got smaller a bit */
773 #endif
774 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
775 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
776 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
777 #endif
779 int row; /* current window row to display */
780 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
781 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
782 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
784 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
785 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
786 int i;
787 long j;
788 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
789 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
790 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
791 long fold_count;
792 #endif
793 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
794 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
795 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
796 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
797 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
798 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
799 int did_update = DID_NONE;
800 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
801 #endif
802 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
803 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
804 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
805 int save_got_int;
806 #endif
808 type = wp->w_redr_type;
810 if (type == NOT_VALID)
812 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
813 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
814 #endif
815 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
818 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
819 if (wp->w_height == 0)
821 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
822 return;
825 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
826 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
827 if (wp->w_width == 0)
829 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
830 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
831 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
832 return;
834 #endif
836 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
837 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
838 * match */
839 cur = wp->w_match_head;
840 while (cur != NULL)
842 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
843 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
844 cur->hl.attr = 0;
845 else
846 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
847 cur->hl.buf = buf;
848 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
849 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
850 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
851 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
852 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
853 # endif
854 cur = cur->next;
856 search_hl.buf = buf;
857 search_hl.lnum = 0;
858 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
859 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
860 #endif
862 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
863 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
864 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
865 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
867 type = NOT_VALID;
868 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
870 else
871 #endif
873 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
876 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
877 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
878 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
880 type = NOT_VALID;
882 else
885 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
886 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
888 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
889 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
890 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
891 else
892 mod_bot = 0;
893 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
894 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
895 if (buf->b_mod_set)
897 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
899 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
900 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
901 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
902 * in a pattern match. */
903 if (syntax_present(buf))
905 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
906 if (mod_top < 1)
907 mod_top = 1;
909 #endif
911 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
912 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
914 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
915 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
916 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
917 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
918 * lines above the change.
919 * Same for a match pattern.
921 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
922 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
923 top_to_mod = TRUE;
924 else
926 cur = wp->w_match_head;
927 while (cur != NULL)
929 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
930 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
932 top_to_mod = TRUE;
933 break;
935 cur = cur->next;
938 #endif
940 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
941 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
943 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
946 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
947 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
948 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
949 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
950 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
953 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
954 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
955 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
956 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
957 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
958 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
959 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
960 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
962 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
963 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
964 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
966 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
967 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
968 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
969 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
970 ++lnumb;
974 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
975 if (mod_top > lnumt)
976 mod_top = lnumt;
978 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
979 --mod_bot;
980 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
981 ++mod_bot;
982 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
983 mod_bot = lnumb;
985 #endif
987 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
988 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
989 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
990 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
991 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
993 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
994 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
995 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
996 else if (syntax_present(buf))
997 top_end = 1;
998 #endif
1001 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1002 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1003 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1004 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1008 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1009 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1011 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1013 j = 0;
1014 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1016 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1017 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1019 top_end = j;
1020 break;
1023 if (top_end == 0)
1024 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1025 type = NOT_VALID;
1026 else
1027 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1028 type = VALID;
1031 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1032 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1033 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1034 * called. */
1035 if (screen_cleared)
1036 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1039 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1040 * handle three cases:
1041 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1042 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1043 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1044 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1046 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1047 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1048 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1049 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1050 #endif
1053 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1056 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1057 * further down.
1060 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1061 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1062 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1063 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1064 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1065 #endif
1069 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1071 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1072 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1074 linenr_T ln;
1076 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1077 * of folded lines as one */
1078 j = 0;
1079 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1081 ++j;
1082 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1083 break;
1084 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1087 else
1088 #endif
1089 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1090 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1092 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1093 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1094 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1095 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1096 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1097 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1098 #endif
1099 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1102 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1103 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1104 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1106 if (i > 0)
1107 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1108 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1110 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1112 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1113 * first one that scrolled down. */
1114 top_end = i;
1115 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1116 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1117 #endif
1119 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1120 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1121 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1122 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1123 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1124 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1125 while (idx >= 0)
1126 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1129 else
1130 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1132 else
1133 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1135 else
1136 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1138 else
1141 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1142 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1143 * needs updating.
1146 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1147 j = -1;
1148 row = 0;
1149 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1151 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1152 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1154 j = i;
1155 break;
1157 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1159 if (j == -1)
1161 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1162 * lines */
1163 mid_start = 0;
1165 else
1168 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1169 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1171 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1172 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1173 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1174 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1175 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1176 else
1177 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1178 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1179 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1180 #endif
1181 if (row > 0)
1183 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1184 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1185 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1186 else
1187 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1189 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1192 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1193 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1194 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1195 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1197 bot_start = 0;
1198 idx = 0;
1199 for (;;)
1201 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1202 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1203 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1204 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1205 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1207 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1208 break;
1210 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1212 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1213 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1215 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1216 break;
1219 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1220 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1221 * when it won't get updated below. */
1222 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1223 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1224 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1225 + wp->w_topfill;
1226 #endif
1231 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1232 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1233 * first. */
1234 if (mid_start == 0)
1236 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1237 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1239 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1240 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1241 * then. */
1242 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1243 screenclear();
1244 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1245 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1246 if (redraw_tabline)
1247 draw_tabline();
1248 #endif
1252 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1253 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1254 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1255 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1256 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1257 must_redraw = 0;
1259 else
1261 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1262 mid_start = 0;
1263 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1266 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1268 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1269 mid_start = 0;
1270 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1271 type = NOT_VALID;
1274 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1275 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1276 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1277 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1279 linenr_T from, to;
1281 if (VIsual_active)
1283 if (VIsual_active
1284 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1285 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1288 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1289 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1290 * gained or lost.
1292 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1294 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1295 to = VIsual.lnum;
1297 else
1299 from = VIsual.lnum;
1300 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1302 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1303 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1304 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1305 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1306 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1307 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1308 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1309 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1310 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1312 else
1315 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1316 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1317 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1319 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1321 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1322 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1324 else
1326 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1327 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1328 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1329 from = to;
1332 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1333 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1335 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1336 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1337 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1338 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1339 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1340 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1341 from = VIsual.lnum;
1342 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1343 to = VIsual.lnum;
1348 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1349 * update all lines.
1350 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1352 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1354 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1356 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1357 ++toc;
1358 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1359 toc = MAXCOL;
1361 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1362 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1364 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1365 from = VIsual.lnum;
1366 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1367 to = VIsual.lnum;
1369 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1370 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1373 else
1375 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1376 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1378 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1379 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1381 else
1383 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1384 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1389 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1391 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1392 from = wp->w_topline;
1395 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1396 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1398 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1400 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1401 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1402 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1403 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1407 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1408 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1409 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1410 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1411 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1412 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1413 * mid_end (in srow).
1415 if (mid_start > 0)
1417 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1418 idx = 0;
1419 srow = 0;
1420 if (scrolled_down)
1421 mid_start = top_end;
1422 else
1423 mid_start = 0;
1424 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1426 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1427 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1428 else if (!scrolled_down)
1429 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1430 ++idx;
1431 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1432 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1433 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1434 else
1435 # endif
1436 ++lnum;
1438 srow += mid_start;
1439 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1440 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1442 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1443 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1445 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1446 mid_end = srow;
1447 break;
1449 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1454 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1456 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1457 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1458 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1459 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1460 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1462 else
1464 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1465 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1466 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1467 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1469 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1471 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1472 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1473 save_got_int = got_int;
1474 got_int = 0;
1475 #endif
1476 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1477 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1478 #endif
1481 * Update all the window rows.
1483 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1484 row = 0;
1485 srow = 0;
1486 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1487 for (;;)
1489 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1490 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1491 if (row == wp->w_height)
1493 didline = TRUE;
1494 break;
1497 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1498 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1500 eof = TRUE;
1501 break;
1504 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1505 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1506 srow = row;
1509 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1510 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1511 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1512 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1513 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1514 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1515 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1517 if (row < top_end
1518 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1519 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1520 || top_to_mod
1521 #endif
1522 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1523 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1524 || (mod_top != 0
1525 && (lnum == mod_top
1526 || (lnum >= mod_top
1527 && (lnum < mod_bot
1528 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1529 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1530 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1531 && syntax_present(buf)
1532 && (
1533 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1534 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1535 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1536 # endif
1537 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1538 #endif
1539 )))))
1541 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1542 if (lnum == mod_top)
1543 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1544 #endif
1547 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1548 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1549 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1550 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1552 if (lnum == mod_top
1553 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1554 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1556 int old_rows = 0;
1557 int new_rows = 0;
1558 int xtra_rows;
1559 linenr_T l;
1561 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1562 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1563 * currently displayed. */
1564 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1566 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1567 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1568 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1569 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1570 break;
1571 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1572 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1573 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1574 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1576 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1577 * Add following invalid entries. */
1578 ++i;
1579 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1580 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1581 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1582 break;
1584 #endif
1587 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1589 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1590 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1591 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1592 bot_start = 0;
1594 else
1596 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1597 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1598 j = idx;
1599 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1601 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1602 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1603 ++new_rows;
1604 else
1605 #endif
1606 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1607 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1608 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1609 + wp->w_topfill;
1610 else
1611 #endif
1612 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1613 ++j;
1614 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1616 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1617 new_rows = 9999;
1618 break;
1621 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1622 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1624 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1625 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1626 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1627 * below the scrolled text. */
1628 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1629 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1630 else
1632 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1633 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1634 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1635 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1636 else
1637 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1640 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1642 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1643 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1644 * rest. */
1645 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1646 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1647 else
1649 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1650 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1651 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1652 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1653 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1654 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1655 * updating down. */
1656 top_end += xtra_rows;
1660 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1661 * entries. */
1662 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1664 if (j < i)
1666 int x = row + new_rows;
1668 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1669 for (;;)
1671 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1672 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1674 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1675 break;
1677 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1678 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1679 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1680 > wp->w_height)
1682 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1683 break;
1685 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1686 ++i;
1688 if (bot_start > x)
1689 bot_start = x;
1691 else /* j > i */
1693 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1694 j -= i;
1695 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1696 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1697 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1698 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1699 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1701 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1702 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1703 * Reset to zero. */
1704 while (i >= idx)
1706 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1707 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1714 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1716 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1717 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1718 * 'wrap' is on).
1720 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1721 if (fold_count != 0)
1723 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1724 ++row;
1725 --fold_count;
1726 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1727 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1728 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1729 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1730 # endif
1732 else
1733 #endif
1734 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1735 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1736 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1737 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1738 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1739 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1740 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1741 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1742 #endif
1745 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1746 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1747 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1749 else
1751 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1752 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1753 #endif
1754 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1755 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1756 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1757 && syntax_present(buf))
1758 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1759 #endif
1762 * Display one line.
1764 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1766 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1767 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1768 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1769 #endif
1770 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1771 did_update = DID_LINE;
1772 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1773 #endif
1776 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1777 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1778 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1780 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1781 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1782 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1783 ++idx;
1784 break;
1786 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1787 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1788 ++idx;
1789 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1790 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1791 #else
1792 ++lnum;
1793 #endif
1795 else
1797 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1798 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1799 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1800 break;
1801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1802 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1803 #else
1804 ++lnum;
1805 #endif
1806 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1807 did_update = DID_NONE;
1808 #endif
1811 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1813 eof = TRUE;
1814 break;
1818 * End of loop over all window lines.
1822 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1823 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1825 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1827 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1829 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1830 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1831 #endif
1834 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1835 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1837 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1838 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1839 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1840 #endif
1841 if (!eof && !didline)
1843 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1846 * Single line that does not fit!
1847 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1849 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1851 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1852 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1854 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1855 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1856 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1858 #endif
1859 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1862 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1864 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1865 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1866 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1867 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1868 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1869 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1871 else
1873 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1874 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1877 else
1879 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1880 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1881 #endif
1882 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1884 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1885 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1886 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1887 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1890 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1892 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1893 i = '-';
1894 else
1895 i = fill_diff;
1896 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1897 j = wp->w_height - row;
1898 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1899 row += j;
1901 #endif
1903 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1904 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1906 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1907 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1908 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1911 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1912 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1913 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1914 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1915 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1916 #endif
1918 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1921 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1922 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1923 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1924 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1925 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1926 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1927 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1928 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1929 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1930 * changes are relevant).
1932 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1933 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1935 recursive = TRUE;
1936 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1937 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1938 if (must_redraw != 0)
1940 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1941 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1942 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1943 win_update(curwin);
1944 must_redraw = 0;
1945 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1947 recursive = FALSE;
1951 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1952 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1953 if (!got_int)
1954 got_int = save_got_int;
1955 #endif
1958 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1959 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1962 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1964 static int
1965 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1966 win_T *wp;
1968 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1969 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1970 || usingNetbeans
1971 # endif
1974 #endif
1977 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1978 * as the filler character.
1980 static void
1981 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1982 win_T *wp;
1983 int c1;
1984 int c2;
1985 int row;
1986 int endrow;
1987 hlf_T hl;
1989 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
1990 int n = 0;
1991 # define FDC_OFF n
1992 #else
1993 # define FDC_OFF 0
1994 #endif
1996 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1997 if (wp->w_p_rl)
1999 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2000 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2001 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2003 if (n > 0)
2005 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2006 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2007 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2008 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2009 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2010 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2012 # endif
2013 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2014 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2016 int nn = n + 2;
2018 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2019 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2020 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2021 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2022 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2023 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2024 n = nn;
2026 # endif
2027 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2028 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2029 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2030 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2031 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2032 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2034 else
2035 #endif
2037 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2038 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2040 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2041 n = 1;
2042 if (n > wp->w_width)
2043 n = wp->w_width;
2044 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2045 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2046 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2048 #endif
2049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2050 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2052 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2054 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2055 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2056 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2057 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2058 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2059 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2060 n = nn;
2062 #endif
2063 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2064 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2066 int nn = n + 2;
2068 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2069 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2070 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2071 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2072 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2073 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2074 n = nn;
2076 #endif
2077 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2078 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2079 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2081 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2084 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2086 * Display one folded line.
2088 static void
2089 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2090 win_T *wp;
2091 long fold_count;
2092 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2093 linenr_T lnum;
2094 int row;
2096 char_u buf[51];
2097 pos_T *top, *bot;
2098 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2099 int len;
2100 char_u *text;
2101 int fdc;
2102 int col;
2103 int txtcol;
2104 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2105 int ri;
2107 /* Build the fold line:
2108 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2109 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2110 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2111 * 4. Compose the text
2112 * 5. Add the text
2113 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2115 col = 0;
2118 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2119 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2121 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2122 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2124 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2125 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2127 if (enc_utf8)
2128 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2129 #endif
2130 ++col;
2132 #endif
2135 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2137 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2138 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2139 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2140 if (fdc > 0)
2142 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2143 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2144 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2146 int i;
2148 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2149 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2150 /* reverse the fold column */
2151 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2152 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2154 else
2155 #endif
2156 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2157 col += fdc;
2160 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2161 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2162 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2163 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2164 else \
2165 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2166 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2167 #else
2168 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2169 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2170 #endif
2172 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2173 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2175 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2176 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2177 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2179 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2180 if (len > 0)
2182 if (len > 2)
2183 len = 2;
2184 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2185 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2186 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2187 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2188 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2189 else
2190 # endif
2191 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2192 col += len;
2195 #endif
2198 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2200 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2202 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2203 if (len > 0)
2205 int w = number_width(wp);
2207 if (len > w + 1)
2208 len = w + 1;
2209 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2211 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2212 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2213 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2214 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2215 else
2216 #endif
2217 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2218 col += len;
2223 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2225 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2227 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2230 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2231 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2232 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2235 if (has_mbyte)
2237 int cells;
2238 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2239 int i;
2240 int idx;
2241 int c_len;
2242 char_u *p;
2243 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2244 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2245 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2246 # endif
2248 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2249 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2250 idx = off;
2251 else
2252 # endif
2253 idx = off + col;
2255 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2256 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2258 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2259 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2260 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2261 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2262 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2263 # endif
2265 break;
2266 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2267 if (enc_utf8)
2269 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2270 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2272 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2273 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2274 prev_c = u8c;
2275 #endif
2277 else
2279 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2280 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2282 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2283 int pc, pc1, nc;
2284 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2285 int firstbyte = *p;
2287 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2288 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2289 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2291 pc = prev_c;
2292 pc1 = prev_c1;
2293 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2294 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2296 else
2298 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2299 nc = prev_c;
2300 pc1 = pcc[0];
2302 prev_c = u8c;
2304 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2305 pc, pc1, nc);
2306 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2308 else
2309 prev_c = u8c;
2310 #endif
2311 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2312 #ifdef UNICODE16
2313 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2314 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2315 else
2316 #endif
2317 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2318 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2320 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2321 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2322 break;
2325 if (cells > 1)
2326 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2328 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */
2330 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2331 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2332 else
2333 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2335 col += cells;
2336 idx += cells;
2337 p += c_len;
2340 else
2341 #endif
2343 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2344 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2345 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2346 if (len > 0)
2348 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2349 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2350 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2351 else
2352 #endif
2353 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2354 col += len;
2358 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2359 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2360 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2361 col -= txtcol;
2362 #endif
2363 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2364 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2365 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2366 #endif
2369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2370 if (enc_utf8)
2372 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2374 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2375 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2377 else
2378 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2380 #endif
2381 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2384 if (text != buf)
2385 vim_free(text);
2388 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2389 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2391 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2392 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2394 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2396 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2397 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2398 bot = &VIsual;
2400 else
2402 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2403 top = &VIsual;
2404 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2406 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2407 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2408 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2409 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2410 || (lnum == top->lnum
2411 && top->col == 0))
2412 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2413 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2414 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2415 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2417 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2419 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2420 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2422 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2423 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2424 else
2425 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2426 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2427 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2430 else
2432 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2433 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2437 #endif
2439 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2440 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2441 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
2443 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol;
2444 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2445 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol;
2446 else
2447 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol;
2448 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2449 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2450 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2452 #endif
2454 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2455 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2458 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2459 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2461 if (wp == curwin
2462 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2463 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2465 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2466 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2467 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2468 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2473 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2475 static void
2476 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2477 int off;
2478 char_u *buf;
2479 int len;
2480 int attr;
2482 int i;
2484 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2485 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2486 if (enc_utf8)
2487 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2488 # endif
2489 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2490 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2494 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2495 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2497 static void
2498 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2499 char_u *p;
2500 win_T *wp;
2501 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2502 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2504 int i = 0;
2505 int level;
2506 int first_level;
2507 int empty;
2509 /* Init to all spaces. */
2510 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2512 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2513 if (level > 0)
2515 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2516 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2518 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2519 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2520 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2521 if (first_level < 1)
2522 first_level = 1;
2524 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2526 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2527 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2528 p[i] = '-';
2529 else if (first_level == 1)
2530 p[i] = '|';
2531 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2532 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2533 else
2534 p[i] = '>';
2535 if (first_level + i == level)
2536 break;
2539 if (closed)
2540 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2542 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2545 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2546 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2547 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2549 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2551 static int
2552 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2553 win_T *wp;
2554 linenr_T lnum;
2555 int startrow;
2556 int endrow;
2557 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */
2559 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2560 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2561 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2562 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2563 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2564 char_u *line; /* current line */
2565 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2566 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2567 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2569 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2570 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2571 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2572 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2573 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2574 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2575 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2576 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2577 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2579 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2580 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2581 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2582 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2583 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2585 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2586 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2587 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2588 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2590 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2592 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2593 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2594 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2595 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2596 pos_T *top, *bot;
2597 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
2598 #endif
2599 pos_T pos;
2600 long v;
2602 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2603 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2604 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2605 in this line */
2606 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2607 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2608 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2609 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2610 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2611 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2612 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2613 int save_did_emsg;
2614 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2615 #endif
2616 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2617 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2618 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2619 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2620 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2621 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2622 starts */
2623 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2624 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2625 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2626 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2627 * there are no spell errors */
2628 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2629 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2630 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2631 #endif
2632 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2634 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2635 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2636 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2637 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2638 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2639 #endif
2640 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2641 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2642 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2643 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2644 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2645 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2646 #endif
2647 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2648 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2649 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2650 #endif
2651 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2652 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2653 # define LINE_ATTR
2654 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */
2655 #endif
2656 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2657 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2658 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2659 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2660 has been processed or not */
2661 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2662 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2663 of the matches */
2664 #endif
2665 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2666 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2667 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2668 #endif
2669 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2670 int did_line_attr = 0;
2671 #endif
2673 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2674 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2675 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2676 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2677 #else
2678 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2679 #endif
2680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2681 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2682 #else
2683 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2684 #endif
2685 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2686 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2687 #else
2688 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2689 #endif
2690 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2691 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2692 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2693 #else
2694 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2695 #endif
2696 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2697 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2698 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2699 int feedback_col = 0;
2700 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2701 #endif
2704 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2705 return startrow;
2707 row = startrow;
2708 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2711 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2712 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2714 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2715 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2716 #else
2717 extra_check = 0;
2718 #endif
2719 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2720 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2722 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2723 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2724 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2725 did_emsg = FALSE;
2726 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2727 if (did_emsg)
2728 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2729 else
2731 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2732 has_syntax = TRUE;
2733 extra_check = TRUE;
2736 #endif
2738 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2739 if (wp->w_p_spell
2740 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2741 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2742 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2744 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2745 has_spell = TRUE;
2746 extra_check = TRUE;
2748 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2749 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2750 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2751 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2752 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2754 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2755 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2758 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2759 * line is valid. */
2760 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2761 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2762 checked_lnum = 0;
2764 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2765 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2766 * the first word. */
2767 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2768 cap_col = -1;
2769 if (lnum == 1)
2770 cap_col = 0;
2771 capcol_lnum = 0;
2773 #endif
2776 * handle visual active in this window
2778 fromcol = -10;
2779 tocol = MAXCOL;
2780 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2781 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2783 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2784 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2786 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2787 bot = &VIsual;
2789 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2791 top = &VIsual;
2792 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2794 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2795 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2797 if (lnum_in_visual_area)
2799 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2800 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2803 else /* non-block mode */
2805 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2806 fromcol = 0;
2807 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2809 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2810 fromcol = 0;
2811 else
2813 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2814 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2815 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2818 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2820 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2821 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2822 && bot->coladd == 0
2823 #endif
2826 fromcol = -10;
2827 tocol = MAXCOL;
2829 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2830 tocol = MAXCOL;
2831 else
2833 pos = *bot;
2834 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2835 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2836 else
2838 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2839 ++tocol;
2845 #ifndef MSDOS
2846 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2847 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2848 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2849 && !gui.in_use
2850 # endif
2852 noinvcur = TRUE;
2853 #endif
2855 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2856 if (fromcol >= 0)
2858 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2859 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2860 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2861 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2862 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2863 #endif
2868 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2870 else
2871 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2872 if (highlight_match
2873 && wp == curwin
2874 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2875 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2877 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2878 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2879 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2880 else
2881 fromcol = 0;
2882 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2884 pos.lnum = lnum;
2885 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2886 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2888 else
2889 tocol = MAXCOL;
2890 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */
2891 if (fromcol == tocol)
2892 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2893 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2894 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2897 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2898 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2899 if (filler_lines < 0)
2901 if (filler_lines == -1)
2903 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2904 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2905 else if (change_start == 0)
2906 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2907 else
2908 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2910 else
2911 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2912 filler_lines = 0;
2913 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2915 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2916 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2917 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2918 #endif
2920 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2921 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2922 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2923 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2924 if (v != 0)
2925 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2926 # endif
2927 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2928 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2929 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2930 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2931 # endif
2932 if (line_attr != 0)
2933 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2934 #endif
2936 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2937 ptr = line;
2939 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2940 if (has_spell)
2942 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2943 if (cap_col == 0)
2944 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2946 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2947 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2948 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2949 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2951 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2952 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2953 nextline_idx = 0;
2955 else
2957 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2958 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2960 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2961 * next line. */
2962 nextlinecol = 0;
2963 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2964 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2965 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2967 else
2969 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2970 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2971 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2972 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2976 #endif
2978 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2979 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2981 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2982 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2983 --trailcol;
2984 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2985 extra_check = TRUE;
2989 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2990 * first character to be displayed.
2992 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2993 v = wp->w_skipcol;
2994 else
2995 v = wp->w_leftcol;
2996 if (v > 0)
2998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2999 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
3000 #endif
3001 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
3003 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
3004 vcol += c;
3005 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3006 prev_ptr = ptr;
3007 #endif
3008 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3011 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3012 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the
3013 * start of the displayed part. */
3014 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active())
3015 vcol = v;
3016 #endif
3018 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3019 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3020 if (vcol > v)
3022 vcol -= c;
3023 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3024 ptr = prev_ptr;
3025 #else
3026 --ptr;
3027 #endif
3028 n_skip = v - vcol;
3032 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3033 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3035 if (tocol <= vcol)
3036 fromcol = 0;
3037 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3038 fromcol = vcol;
3040 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3041 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3042 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3043 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3044 #endif
3045 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3046 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3047 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3048 if (has_spell)
3050 int len;
3051 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3052 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3054 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3055 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3056 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
3057 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3059 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */
3060 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3061 ptr = line + linecol;
3063 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3065 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3066 * word */
3067 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3068 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer)
3069 - line + 1);
3071 else
3073 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3074 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3076 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3077 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3078 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3080 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3082 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3083 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3084 if (has_syntax)
3085 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3086 # endif
3088 #endif
3092 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3093 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3095 if (fromcol >= 0)
3097 if (noinvcur)
3099 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3101 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3102 * cursor */
3103 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3104 fromcol = -1;
3106 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3107 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3108 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3110 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3111 fromcol = -1;
3114 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3116 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3117 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3119 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3120 shl_flag = FALSE;
3121 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3123 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3125 shl = &search_hl;
3126 shl_flag = TRUE;
3128 else
3129 shl = &cur->hl;
3130 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3131 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3132 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3133 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3135 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3136 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3138 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3139 * invalid. */
3140 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3141 ptr = line + v;
3143 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3145 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3146 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3147 else
3148 shl->startcol = 0;
3149 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3150 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3151 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3152 else
3153 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3154 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3155 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3158 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3159 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3160 else
3161 #endif
3162 ++shl->endcol;
3164 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3166 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3167 search_attr = shl->attr;
3169 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3172 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3173 cur = cur->next;
3175 #endif
3177 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3178 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3179 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3180 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3182 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3183 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3185 #endif
3187 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3188 col = 0;
3189 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3190 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3192 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3193 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3194 * rightmost column of the window. */
3195 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3196 off += col;
3198 #endif
3201 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3203 for (;;)
3205 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3206 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3208 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3209 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3211 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3212 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3214 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3215 n_extra = 1;
3216 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3217 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3220 #endif
3222 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3223 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3225 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3226 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3228 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3229 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3230 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3231 p_extra = extra;
3232 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3233 c_extra = NUL;
3234 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3237 #endif
3239 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3240 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3242 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3243 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3244 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3245 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3246 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3247 && filler_todo <= 0
3248 # endif
3251 int_u text_sign;
3252 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3253 int_u icon_sign;
3254 # endif
3256 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3257 c_extra = ' ';
3258 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3259 n_extra = 2;
3261 if (row == startrow)
3263 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3264 SIGN_TEXT);
3265 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3266 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3267 SIGN_ICON);
3268 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3270 /* Use the image in this position. */
3271 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3272 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3273 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3274 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3275 # endif
3276 char_attr = icon_sign;
3278 else
3279 # endif
3280 if (text_sign != 0)
3282 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3283 if (p_extra != NULL)
3285 c_extra = NUL;
3286 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3288 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3293 #endif
3295 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3297 draw_state = WL_NR;
3298 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3299 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3300 if (wp->w_p_nu
3301 && (row == startrow
3302 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3303 + filler_lines
3304 #endif
3305 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3307 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3308 if (row == startrow
3309 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3310 + filler_lines
3311 #endif
3314 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3315 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3316 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3317 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3318 *p_extra = '-';
3319 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3320 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3321 rl_mirror(extra);
3322 #endif
3323 p_extra = extra;
3324 c_extra = NUL;
3326 else
3327 c_extra = ' ';
3328 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3329 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3330 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3331 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3332 * the current line differently. */
3333 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3334 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3335 #endif
3339 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3340 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3342 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3343 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3344 if (filler_todo > 0)
3346 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3347 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3348 c_extra = '-';
3349 else
3350 c_extra = fill_diff;
3351 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3352 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3353 n_extra = col + 1;
3354 else
3355 # endif
3356 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3357 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3359 # endif
3360 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3361 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3363 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3364 p_extra = p_sbr;
3365 c_extra = NUL;
3366 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3367 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3368 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3369 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3370 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3371 if (tocol == vcol)
3372 tocol += n_extra;
3374 # endif
3376 #endif
3378 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3380 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3381 if (saved_n_extra)
3383 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3384 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3385 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3386 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3387 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3389 else
3390 char_attr = 0;
3394 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3395 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3396 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3397 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3398 && filler_todo <= 0
3399 #endif
3402 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3403 wp->w_p_rl);
3404 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3405 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3406 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3407 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3408 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3409 else
3410 #endif
3411 row = wp->w_height;
3412 break;
3415 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3417 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3418 if (vcol == fromcol
3419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3420 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3421 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3422 #endif
3423 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3424 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */
3425 && vcol < tocol))
3426 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3427 else if (area_attr != 0
3428 && (vcol == tocol
3429 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3430 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3432 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3433 if (!n_extra)
3436 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3437 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3438 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3439 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3440 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3441 * priority).
3443 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3444 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3445 shl_flag = FALSE;
3446 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3448 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3449 && ((cur != NULL
3450 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3451 || cur == NULL))
3453 shl = &search_hl;
3454 shl_flag = TRUE;
3456 else
3457 shl = &cur->hl;
3458 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3460 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3461 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3462 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3464 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3466 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3468 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3470 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3472 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3473 * may have made it invalid. */
3474 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3475 ptr = line + v;
3477 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3479 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3480 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3481 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3482 else
3483 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3485 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3487 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3488 * it */
3489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3490 if (has_mbyte)
3491 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3492 + shl->endcol);
3493 else
3494 #endif
3495 ++shl->endcol;
3498 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3499 * current position */
3500 continue;
3503 break;
3505 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3506 cur = cur->next;
3509 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3510 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3511 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3512 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3513 shl_flag = FALSE;
3514 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3516 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3517 && ((cur != NULL
3518 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3519 || cur == NULL))
3521 shl = &search_hl;
3522 shl_flag = TRUE;
3524 else
3525 shl = &cur->hl;
3526 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3527 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3528 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3529 cur = cur->next;
3532 #endif
3534 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3535 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3537 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3538 && n_extra == 0)
3539 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3540 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3541 && n_extra == 0)
3542 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3543 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3545 #endif
3547 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3548 attr_pri = TRUE;
3549 if (area_attr != 0)
3550 char_attr = area_attr;
3551 else if (search_attr != 0)
3552 char_attr = search_attr;
3553 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3554 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3555 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3556 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3557 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
3558 || vcol >= tocol))
3559 char_attr = line_attr;
3560 #endif
3561 else
3563 attr_pri = FALSE;
3564 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3565 if (has_syntax)
3566 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3567 else
3568 #endif
3569 char_attr = 0;
3574 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3577 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3578 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3579 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3580 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3581 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3582 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3584 if (n_extra > 0)
3586 if (c_extra != NUL)
3588 c = c_extra;
3589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3590 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3591 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3593 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3594 u8cc[0] = 0;
3595 c = 0xc0;
3597 else
3598 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3599 #endif
3601 else
3603 c = *p_extra;
3604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3605 if (has_mbyte)
3607 mb_c = c;
3608 if (enc_utf8)
3610 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3611 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3612 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3613 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3614 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3615 mb_l = 1;
3616 else if (mb_l > 1)
3618 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3619 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3620 c = 0xc0;
3623 else
3625 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3626 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3627 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3628 mb_l = 1;
3629 else if (mb_l > 1)
3630 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3632 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3633 mb_l = 1;
3635 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3636 * last column. */
3637 if ((
3638 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3639 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3640 # endif
3641 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3642 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3644 c = '>';
3645 mb_c = c;
3646 mb_l = 1;
3647 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3648 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3649 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3650 * character at the start of the next line. */
3651 ++n_extra;
3652 --p_extra;
3654 else
3656 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3657 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3660 #endif
3661 ++p_extra;
3663 --n_extra;
3665 else
3668 * Get a character from the line itself.
3670 c = *ptr;
3671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3672 if (has_mbyte)
3674 mb_c = c;
3675 if (enc_utf8)
3677 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3678 * into "mb_c". */
3679 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3680 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3681 if (mb_l > 1)
3683 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3684 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3685 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3686 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3687 c = mb_c;
3688 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3690 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3691 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3692 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3694 int i;
3696 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3697 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3698 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3699 mb_c = ' ';
3703 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3704 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3705 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3706 # ifdef UNICODE16
3707 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3708 # endif
3712 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3713 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3715 # ifdef UNICODE16
3716 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3717 # endif
3719 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3720 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3721 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3722 rl_mirror(extra);
3723 # endif
3725 # ifdef UNICODE16
3726 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3727 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3728 else
3729 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3730 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3731 # endif
3733 p_extra = extra;
3734 c = *p_extra;
3735 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3736 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3737 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3738 c_extra = NUL;
3739 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3741 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3742 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3743 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3746 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3747 mb_l = 1;
3748 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3749 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3751 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3752 int pc, pc1, nc;
3753 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3755 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3756 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3757 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3759 pc = prev_c;
3760 pc1 = prev_c1;
3761 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3762 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3764 else
3766 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3767 nc = prev_c;
3768 pc1 = pcc[0];
3770 prev_c = mb_c;
3772 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3774 else
3775 prev_c = mb_c;
3776 #endif
3778 else /* enc_dbcs */
3780 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3781 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3782 mb_l = 1;
3783 else if (mb_l > 1)
3785 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3786 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3788 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3789 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3790 else
3792 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3794 /* head byte at end of line */
3795 mb_l = 1;
3796 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3798 else
3800 /* illegal tail byte */
3801 mb_l = 2;
3802 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3804 p_extra = extra;
3805 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3806 c_extra = NUL;
3807 c = *p_extra++;
3808 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3810 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3811 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3812 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3814 mb_c = c;
3818 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3819 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3820 * next line. */
3821 if ((
3822 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3823 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3824 # endif
3825 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3826 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3828 c = '>';
3829 mb_c = c;
3830 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3831 mb_l = 1;
3832 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3833 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3834 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3835 --ptr;
3837 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3838 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3840 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3841 * a '<' in the first column. */
3842 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3844 n_extra = 1;
3845 c_extra = '<';
3846 c = ' ';
3847 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3849 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3850 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3851 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3853 mb_c = c;
3854 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3855 mb_l = 1;
3859 #endif
3860 ++ptr;
3862 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3863 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3864 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3865 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3866 #endif
3867 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3869 c = lcs_nbsp;
3870 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3872 n_attr = 1;
3873 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3874 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3877 mb_c = c;
3878 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3880 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3881 u8cc[0] = 0;
3882 c = 0xc0;
3884 else
3885 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3886 #endif
3889 if (extra_check)
3891 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3892 int can_spell = TRUE;
3893 #endif
3895 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3896 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3897 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3898 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3899 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3901 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3902 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3903 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3904 did_emsg = FALSE;
3906 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3907 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3908 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3909 # endif
3910 NULL, FALSE);
3912 if (did_emsg)
3914 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3915 has_syntax = FALSE;
3917 else
3918 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3920 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3921 * have made it invalid. */
3922 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3923 ptr = line + v;
3925 if (!attr_pri)
3926 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3927 else
3928 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3930 #endif
3932 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3933 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3934 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3935 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3936 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3937 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3939 spell_attr = 0;
3940 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3941 if (!attr_pri)
3942 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3943 # endif
3944 if (c != 0 && (
3945 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3946 !has_syntax ||
3947 # endif
3948 can_spell))
3950 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3951 int len;
3952 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3953 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3954 if (has_mbyte)
3956 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3957 v -= mb_l - 1;
3959 else
3960 # endif
3961 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3963 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3964 * next line concatenated. */
3965 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3966 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3967 else
3968 p = prev_ptr;
3969 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3970 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
3971 nochange);
3972 word_end = v + len;
3974 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3975 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3976 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
3977 && (State & INSERT) != 0
3978 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
3979 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
3980 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
3981 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
3983 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3984 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
3987 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
3988 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
3990 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
3991 * start of the next line. */
3992 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
3993 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
3996 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3997 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3998 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
4000 if (cap_col > 0)
4002 if (p != prev_ptr
4003 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
4005 /* Remember that the word in the next line
4006 * must start with a capital. */
4007 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4008 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
4009 - nextline_idx);
4011 else
4012 /* Compute the actual column. */
4013 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4017 if (spell_attr != 0)
4019 if (!attr_pri)
4020 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4021 else
4022 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4024 #endif
4025 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4027 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4029 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4030 && !wp->w_p_list)
4032 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4033 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4034 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4035 # endif
4036 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4037 c_extra = ' ';
4038 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4039 c = ' ';
4041 #endif
4043 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4045 c = lcs_trail;
4046 if (!attr_pri)
4048 n_attr = 1;
4049 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4050 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4053 mb_c = c;
4054 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4056 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4057 u8cc[0] = 0;
4058 c = 0xc0;
4060 else
4061 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4062 #endif
4067 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4069 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4072 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4073 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4074 * into "ScreenLines".
4076 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4078 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4079 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4080 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4082 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4083 #endif
4084 if (wp->w_p_list)
4086 c = lcs_tab1;
4087 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4088 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4089 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4090 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4092 mb_c = c;
4093 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4095 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4096 u8cc[0] = 0;
4097 c = 0xc0;
4099 #endif
4101 else
4103 c_extra = ' ';
4104 c = ' ';
4107 else if (c == NUL
4108 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4109 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4110 && tocol > vcol
4111 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4112 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4113 #endif
4114 && (
4115 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4116 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4117 # endif
4118 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4119 && !(noinvcur
4120 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4121 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4122 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4124 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4125 * character if the line break is included. */
4126 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4127 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4128 * "$". */
4129 if (
4130 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4131 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4132 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4134 # endif
4135 # endif
4136 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4137 line_attr == 0
4138 # endif
4140 #endif
4142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4143 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4144 * beyond end of line. */
4145 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4146 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4147 n_extra = 0;
4148 else
4149 #endif
4151 p_extra = at_end_str;
4152 n_extra = 1;
4153 c_extra = NUL;
4156 if (wp->w_p_list)
4157 c = lcs_eol;
4158 else
4159 c = ' ';
4160 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4161 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4162 if (!attr_pri)
4164 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4165 n_attr = 1;
4167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4168 mb_c = c;
4169 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4171 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4172 u8cc[0] = 0;
4173 c = 0xc0;
4175 else
4176 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4177 #endif
4179 else if (c != NUL)
4181 p_extra = transchar(c);
4182 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4183 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4184 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4185 #endif
4186 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4187 c_extra = NUL;
4188 c = *p_extra++;
4189 if (!attr_pri)
4191 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4192 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4193 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4196 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4197 #endif
4199 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4200 else if (VIsual_active
4201 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4202 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4203 && virtual_active()
4204 && tocol != MAXCOL
4205 && vcol < tocol
4206 && (
4207 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4208 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4209 # endif
4210 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4212 c = ' ';
4213 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4215 #endif
4216 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4217 else if ((
4218 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4219 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4220 # endif
4221 line_attr != 0
4222 ) && (
4223 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4224 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4225 # endif
4226 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4228 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4229 c = ' ';
4230 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4232 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4233 ++did_line_attr;
4235 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4236 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4237 char_attr = line_attr;
4238 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4239 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4241 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4242 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4243 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4245 # endif
4247 #endif
4251 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4252 if (n_attr > 0
4253 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4254 && !attr_pri)
4255 char_attr = extra_attr;
4257 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
4258 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4259 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4260 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4261 if (xic != NULL
4262 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4263 && (State & INSERT)
4264 && !p_imdisable
4265 && im_is_preediting()
4266 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4268 colnr_T tcol;
4270 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4271 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4272 else
4273 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4274 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4276 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4278 feedback_col = 0;
4279 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4281 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4282 if (char_attr < 0)
4283 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4284 feedback_col++;
4286 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4288 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4289 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4290 feedback_col = 0;
4293 #endif
4295 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4296 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4297 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4299 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4300 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4301 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4302 && filler_todo <= 0
4303 #endif
4304 && draw_state > WL_NR
4305 && c != NUL)
4307 c = lcs_prec;
4308 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4309 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4310 mb_c = c;
4311 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4313 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4314 u8cc[0] = 0;
4315 c = 0xc0;
4317 else
4318 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4319 #endif
4320 if (!attr_pri)
4322 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4323 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4324 n_attr3 = 1;
4329 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4331 if (c == NUL
4332 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4333 || did_line_attr == 1
4334 #endif
4337 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4338 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4340 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4341 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4342 ++prevcol;
4343 #endif
4345 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4346 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4347 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4348 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4349 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4350 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4351 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4352 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4353 else
4355 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4356 while (cur != NULL)
4358 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4360 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4361 break;
4363 cur = cur->next;
4366 #endif
4367 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4368 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
4369 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4370 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4371 || lnum == VIsual.lnum
4372 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4373 #endif
4374 && c == NUL)
4375 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4376 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4377 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4378 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4379 && did_line_attr <= 1
4380 # endif
4382 #endif
4385 int n = 0;
4387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4388 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4390 if (col < 0)
4391 n = 1;
4393 else
4394 #endif
4396 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4397 n = -1;
4399 if (n != 0)
4401 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4402 * instead (better than nothing). */
4403 off += n;
4404 col += n;
4406 else
4408 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4409 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4410 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4411 if (enc_utf8)
4412 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4413 #endif
4415 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4416 if (area_attr == 0)
4418 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4419 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4420 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4421 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4422 shl_flag = FALSE;
4423 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4425 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4426 && ((cur != NULL
4427 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4428 || cur == NULL))
4430 shl = &search_hl;
4431 shl_flag = TRUE;
4433 else
4434 shl = &cur->hl;
4435 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4436 char_attr = shl->attr;
4437 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4438 cur = cur->next;
4441 #endif
4442 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4443 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4444 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4446 --col;
4447 --off;
4449 else
4450 #endif
4452 ++col;
4453 ++off;
4455 ++vcol;
4456 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4457 eol_hl_off = 1;
4458 #endif
4463 * At end of the text line.
4465 if (c == NUL)
4467 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4468 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4469 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
4471 /* highlight last char after line */
4472 --col;
4473 --off;
4474 --vcol;
4477 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4478 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4479 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4480 else
4481 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4482 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4483 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4485 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4486 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4487 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4488 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4490 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4491 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4492 && !wp->w_p_rl
4493 # endif
4496 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4498 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4499 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4500 if (enc_utf8)
4501 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4502 #endif
4503 ++col;
4504 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4506 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4507 break;
4509 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4510 ++vcol;
4513 #endif
4515 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4516 wp->w_p_rl);
4517 row++;
4520 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4521 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4523 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4525 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4526 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4527 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4528 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4529 #endif
4530 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4533 break;
4536 /* line continues beyond line end */
4537 if (lcs_ext
4538 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4539 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4540 && filler_todo <= 0
4541 #endif
4542 && (
4543 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4544 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4545 #endif
4546 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4547 && (*ptr != NUL
4548 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0)
4549 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4551 c = lcs_ext;
4552 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4553 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4554 mb_c = c;
4555 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4557 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4558 u8cc[0] = 0;
4559 c = 0xc0;
4561 else
4562 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4563 #endif
4566 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4567 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4568 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4569 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4570 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4571 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4572 && !lnum_in_visual_area)
4574 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4575 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4577 else
4578 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4579 #endif
4582 * Store character to be displayed.
4583 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4585 vcol_prev = vcol;
4586 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4589 * Store the character.
4591 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4592 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4594 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4595 --off;
4596 --col;
4598 #endif
4599 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4600 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4601 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4602 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4603 else if (enc_utf8)
4605 if (mb_utf8)
4607 int i;
4609 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4610 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4611 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4612 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4614 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4615 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4616 break;
4619 else
4620 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4622 if (multi_attr)
4624 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4625 multi_attr = 0;
4627 else
4628 #endif
4629 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4632 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4634 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4635 ++off;
4636 ++col;
4637 if (enc_utf8)
4638 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4639 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4640 else
4641 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4642 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4643 ++vcol;
4644 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4645 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4646 if (tocol == vcol)
4647 ++tocol;
4648 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4649 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4651 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4652 --off;
4653 --col;
4655 #endif
4657 #endif
4658 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4659 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4661 --off;
4662 --col;
4664 else
4665 #endif
4667 ++off;
4668 ++col;
4671 else
4672 --n_skip;
4674 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4675 if (draw_state > WL_NR
4676 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4677 && filler_todo <= 0
4678 #endif
4680 ++vcol;
4682 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4683 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4684 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4685 #endif
4687 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4688 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4689 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4691 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4692 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4693 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4696 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4697 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4699 if ((
4700 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4701 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4702 #endif
4703 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4704 && (*ptr != NUL
4705 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4706 || filler_todo > 0
4707 #endif
4708 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4709 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4712 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4713 wp->w_p_rl);
4714 ++row;
4715 ++screen_row;
4717 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4718 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4719 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4720 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4721 && filler_todo <= 0
4722 #endif
4723 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4724 break;
4726 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4727 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4728 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4729 && filler_todo <= 0
4730 #endif
4733 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4734 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4735 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4736 #endif
4737 row = endrow;
4740 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4741 if (row == endrow)
4743 ++row;
4744 break;
4747 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4748 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4749 && filler_todo <= 0
4750 #endif
4751 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4753 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4754 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4757 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4758 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4759 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4760 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4761 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4762 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4763 * (something has been written in it).
4764 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4765 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4766 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4768 if (p_tf
4769 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4770 && !gui.in_use
4771 #endif
4772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4773 && !(has_mbyte
4774 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4775 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4776 == 2
4777 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4778 + (int)Columns - 2,
4779 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4780 == 2))
4781 #endif
4784 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4785 * then output the same character again to let the
4786 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4787 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4788 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4789 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4790 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4791 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4793 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4794 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4795 * space to keep it simple. */
4796 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4797 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4798 out_char(' ');
4799 else
4800 #endif
4801 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4802 + (Columns - 1)]);
4803 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4804 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4805 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4809 col = 0;
4810 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4811 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4812 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4814 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4815 off += col;
4817 #endif
4819 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4820 draw_state = WL_START;
4821 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4822 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4823 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4824 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4825 n_extra = 0;
4826 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4827 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4828 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4829 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4830 # endif
4831 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4832 #endif
4833 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4834 --filler_todo;
4835 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4836 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4837 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4838 break;
4839 #endif
4842 } /* for every character in the line */
4844 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4845 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4846 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4848 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4849 cap_col = 0;
4851 #endif
4853 return row;
4856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4857 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4860 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4862 static int
4863 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4864 int off_from;
4865 int off_to;
4867 int i;
4869 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4871 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4872 return TRUE;
4873 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4874 break;
4876 return FALSE;
4878 #endif
4881 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4882 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4883 * - the attributes are different
4884 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4885 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4887 static int
4888 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4889 int off_from;
4890 int off_to;
4891 int cols;
4893 if (cols > 0
4894 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4895 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4898 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4899 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4900 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4901 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4902 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4903 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4904 || (enc_utf8
4905 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4906 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4907 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))
4908 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4909 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4910 #endif
4912 return TRUE;
4913 return FALSE;
4917 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4918 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4919 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4920 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4921 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4922 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4923 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4924 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4925 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4927 static void
4928 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4929 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4930 , rlflag
4931 #endif
4933 int row;
4934 int coloff;
4935 int endcol;
4936 int clear_width;
4937 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4938 int rlflag;
4939 #endif
4941 unsigned off_from;
4942 unsigned off_to;
4943 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4944 unsigned max_off_from;
4945 unsigned max_off_to;
4946 #endif
4947 int col = 0;
4948 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4949 int hl;
4950 #endif
4951 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4952 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4953 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4954 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4955 #endif
4957 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4958 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4959 int clear_next = FALSE;
4960 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
4961 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
4962 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
4963 #else
4964 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
4965 #endif
4967 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
4968 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
4969 # endif
4971 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4972 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
4973 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4974 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
4975 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
4976 #endif
4978 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4979 if (rlflag)
4981 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
4982 if (clear_width > 0)
4984 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
4985 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
4986 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4987 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
4988 # endif
4991 ++off_to;
4992 ++col;
4994 if (col <= endcol)
4995 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
4996 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
4998 col = endcol + 1;
4999 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
5000 off_from += col;
5001 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
5003 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
5005 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
5007 while (col < endcol)
5009 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5010 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
5011 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
5012 else
5013 char_cells = 1;
5014 #endif
5016 redraw_this = redraw_next;
5017 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
5018 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
5020 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5021 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
5022 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
5023 * happens in the GUI.
5025 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
5027 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
5028 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5029 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5030 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5031 redraw_this = TRUE;
5033 #endif
5035 if (redraw_this)
5038 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5039 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5040 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5041 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5042 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5043 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5044 * character.
5045 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5046 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5047 * completely.
5049 if ( p_wiv
5050 && !force
5051 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5052 && !gui.in_use
5053 #endif
5054 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5055 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5058 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5060 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5061 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5062 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5063 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5064 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5067 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5068 * highlighting at this character.
5070 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5072 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5073 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5074 screen_stop_highlight();
5076 else
5077 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5080 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5082 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5083 * the other way around requires another character to be
5084 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5085 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5086 if (char_cells == 1
5087 && col + 1 < endcol
5088 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5090 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5091 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5092 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5093 redraw_next = TRUE;
5095 else if (char_cells == 2
5096 && col + 2 < endcol
5097 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5098 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5100 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5101 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5102 * cell. */
5103 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5104 redraw_next = TRUE;
5107 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5108 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5110 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5111 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5112 * the right halve of the old character.
5113 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5114 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5115 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5116 && ((char_cells == 1
5117 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5118 || (char_cells == 2
5119 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5120 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5121 clear_next = TRUE;
5122 #endif
5124 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5125 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5126 if (enc_utf8)
5128 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5129 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5131 int i;
5133 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5134 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5137 if (char_cells == 2)
5138 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5139 #endif
5141 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5142 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the
5143 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5144 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5145 * and for some xterms. */
5146 if (
5147 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5148 gui.in_use
5149 # endif
5150 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5152 # endif
5153 # ifdef UNIX
5154 term_is_xterm
5155 # endif
5158 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5159 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5160 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5161 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5162 redraw_next = TRUE;
5164 #endif
5165 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5167 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5168 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5169 if (char_cells == 2)
5170 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5172 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5173 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5174 else
5175 #endif
5176 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5178 else if ( p_wiv
5179 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5180 && !gui.in_use
5181 #endif
5182 && col + coloff > 0)
5184 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5187 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5188 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5190 screen_attr = 0;
5192 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5193 screen_stop_highlight();
5196 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5197 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5198 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5202 if (clear_next)
5204 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5205 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5206 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5207 if (enc_utf8)
5208 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5209 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5211 #endif
5213 if (clear_width > 0
5214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5215 && !rlflag
5216 #endif
5219 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5220 int startCol = col;
5221 #endif
5223 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5224 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5225 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5227 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5228 #endif
5231 ++off_to;
5232 ++col;
5234 if (col < clear_width)
5236 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5238 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5239 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5240 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5241 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5242 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5244 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5246 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5247 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5249 int prev_cells = 1;
5250 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5251 if (enc_utf8)
5252 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5253 * that its width is 2. */
5254 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5255 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5257 /* find previous character by counting from first
5258 * column and get its width. */
5259 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5260 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5262 while (off < off_to)
5264 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5265 off += prev_cells;
5269 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5270 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5271 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5272 else
5273 # endif
5274 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5275 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5278 #endif
5279 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5280 ' ', ' ', 0);
5281 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5282 off_to += clear_width - col;
5283 col = clear_width;
5284 #endif
5288 if (clear_width > 0)
5290 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5291 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5292 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5294 int c;
5296 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5297 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5298 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5299 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5300 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5301 # endif
5302 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5304 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5305 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5306 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5307 if (enc_utf8)
5309 if (c >= 0x80)
5311 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5312 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5314 else
5315 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5317 # endif
5318 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5321 else
5322 #endif
5323 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5327 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5329 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5330 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5332 void
5333 rl_mirror(str)
5334 char_u *str;
5336 char_u *p1, *p2;
5337 int t;
5339 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5341 t = *p1;
5342 *p1 = *p2;
5343 *p2 = t;
5346 #endif
5348 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5350 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5352 void
5353 status_redraw_all()
5355 win_T *wp;
5357 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5358 if (wp->w_status_height)
5360 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5361 redraw_later(VALID);
5366 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5368 void
5369 status_redraw_curbuf()
5371 win_T *wp;
5373 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5374 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5376 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5377 redraw_later(VALID);
5382 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5384 void
5385 redraw_statuslines()
5387 win_T *wp;
5389 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5390 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5391 win_redr_status(wp);
5392 if (redraw_tabline)
5393 draw_tabline();
5395 #endif
5397 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5399 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5401 void
5402 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5403 frame_T *frp;
5405 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5406 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5407 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5409 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5410 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5412 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5414 frp = frp->fr_child;
5415 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5416 frp = frp->fr_next;
5417 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5420 #endif
5422 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5424 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5426 static void
5427 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5428 win_T *wp;
5429 int row;
5431 int hl;
5432 int c;
5434 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5436 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5437 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5438 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5439 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5440 c, ' ', hl);
5443 #endif
5445 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5446 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5447 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5450 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5452 static int
5453 status_match_len(xp, s)
5454 expand_T *xp;
5455 char_u *s;
5457 int len = 0;
5459 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5460 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5461 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5463 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5464 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5465 return 1;
5466 #endif
5468 while (*s != NUL)
5470 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5471 len += ptr2cells(s);
5472 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5475 return len;
5479 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5480 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5482 static int
5483 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5484 expand_T *xp;
5485 char_u *s;
5487 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5488 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5489 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5490 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5491 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5492 #endif
5495 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5496 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!')
5497 return 2;
5498 #endif
5499 return 1;
5501 return 0;
5505 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5506 * Show at least the "match" item.
5507 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5509 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5511 void
5512 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5513 expand_T *xp;
5514 int num_matches;
5515 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5516 int match;
5517 int showtail;
5519 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5520 int row;
5521 char_u *buf;
5522 int len;
5523 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5524 int fillchar;
5525 int attr;
5526 int i;
5527 int highlight = TRUE;
5528 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5529 int selstart_col = 0;
5530 char_u *selend = NULL;
5531 static int first_match = 0;
5532 int add_left = FALSE;
5533 char_u *s;
5534 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5535 int emenu;
5536 #endif
5537 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5538 int l;
5539 #endif
5541 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5542 return;
5544 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5545 if (has_mbyte)
5546 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5547 else
5548 #endif
5549 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5550 if (buf == NULL)
5551 return;
5553 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5555 match = 0;
5556 highlight = FALSE;
5558 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5559 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5560 if (match == 0)
5561 first_match = 0;
5562 else if (match < first_match)
5564 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5565 first_match = match;
5566 add_left = TRUE;
5568 else
5570 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5571 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5572 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5573 if (first_match > 0)
5574 clen += 2;
5575 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5576 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5578 first_match = match;
5579 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5580 clen = 2;
5581 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5583 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5584 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5585 break;
5587 if (i == num_matches)
5588 add_left = TRUE;
5591 if (add_left)
5592 while (first_match > 0)
5594 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5595 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5596 break;
5597 --first_match;
5600 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5602 if (first_match == 0)
5604 *buf = NUL;
5605 len = 0;
5607 else
5609 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5610 len = 2;
5612 clen = len;
5614 i = first_match;
5615 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5617 if (i == match)
5619 selstart = buf + len;
5620 selstart_col = clen;
5623 s = L_MATCH(i);
5624 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5625 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5626 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5627 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5628 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5630 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5631 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5632 len += l;
5633 clen += l;
5635 else
5636 #endif
5637 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5639 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5640 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5642 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5644 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5645 s += l - 1;
5646 len += l;
5648 else
5649 #endif
5651 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5652 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5655 if (i == match)
5656 selend = buf + len;
5658 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5659 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5660 clen += 2;
5661 if (++i == num_matches)
5662 break;
5665 if (i != num_matches)
5667 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5668 ++clen;
5671 buf[len] = NUL;
5673 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5674 if (row >= 0)
5676 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5678 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5680 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5681 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5682 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5684 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5685 ++msg_scrolled;
5687 else
5689 ++cmdline_row;
5690 ++row;
5692 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5694 else
5696 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5697 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5698 * resized. */
5699 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5701 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5702 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5703 p_ls = 2;
5704 p_wmh = 0;
5705 last_status(FALSE);
5707 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5711 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5712 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5714 *selend = NUL;
5715 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5718 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5721 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5722 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5723 #else
5724 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5725 #endif
5726 vim_free(buf);
5728 #endif
5730 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5732 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5734 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5736 void
5737 win_redr_status(wp)
5738 win_T *wp;
5740 int row;
5741 char_u *p;
5742 int len;
5743 int fillchar;
5744 int attr;
5745 int this_ru_col;
5746 static int busy = FALSE;
5748 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly)
5749 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */
5750 if (busy)
5751 return;
5752 busy = TRUE;
5754 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5755 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5757 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5758 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5760 else if (!redrawing()
5761 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5762 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5763 * drawn over it */
5764 || pum_visible()
5765 #endif
5768 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5769 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5771 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5772 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5774 /* redraw custom status line */
5775 redraw_custum_statusline(wp);
5777 #endif
5778 else
5780 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5782 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5783 p = NameBuff;
5784 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5786 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5787 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5788 || wp->w_p_pvw
5789 #endif
5790 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5791 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5792 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5793 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5795 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5796 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5798 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5799 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5801 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5802 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5804 #endif
5805 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5807 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5808 len += 3;
5810 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5812 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5813 len += 4;
5816 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5817 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5818 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5819 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5820 #else
5821 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5822 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5823 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5824 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5826 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5827 len = 1;
5829 else
5830 #endif
5831 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5832 if (has_mbyte)
5834 int clen = 0, i;
5836 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5837 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5838 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5839 /* Find first character that will fit.
5840 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5841 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5842 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5843 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5844 len = clen;
5845 if (i > 0)
5847 p = p + i - 1;
5848 *p = '<';
5849 ++len;
5853 else
5854 #endif
5855 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5857 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5858 *p = '<';
5859 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5862 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5863 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5864 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5865 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5867 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5868 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5869 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5870 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5872 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5873 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5874 #endif
5877 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5879 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5881 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5883 if (stl_connected(wp))
5884 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5885 else
5886 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5887 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5888 attr);
5890 #endif
5891 busy = FALSE;
5894 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5896 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5897 * errors encountered.
5899 static void
5900 redraw_custum_statusline(wp)
5901 win_T *wp;
5903 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5905 called_emsg = FALSE;
5906 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5907 if (called_emsg)
5908 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5909 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5910 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5911 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5913 #endif
5915 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5917 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5918 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5919 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5922 stl_connected(wp)
5923 win_T *wp;
5925 frame_T *fr;
5927 fr = wp->w_frame;
5928 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5930 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5932 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5933 break;
5935 else
5937 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5938 return TRUE;
5940 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5942 return FALSE;
5944 # endif
5946 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5948 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5950 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5953 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
5954 win_T *wp;
5955 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
5956 int len; /* length of buffer */
5958 char_u *p;
5960 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
5961 return FALSE;
5964 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5965 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
5966 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
5967 char_u *s;
5969 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
5970 curwin = wp;
5971 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
5972 ++emsg_skip;
5973 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
5974 --emsg_skip;
5975 curbuf = old_curbuf;
5976 curwin = old_curwin;
5977 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
5978 #endif
5980 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
5981 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
5982 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
5983 else
5984 #endif
5985 p = (char_u *)"lang";
5987 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
5988 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
5989 else
5990 buf[0] = NUL;
5991 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5992 vim_free(s);
5993 #endif
5995 return buf[0] != NUL;
5997 #endif
5999 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
6001 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
6002 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
6004 static void
6005 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
6006 win_T *wp;
6007 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
6009 int attr;
6010 int curattr;
6011 int row;
6012 int col = 0;
6013 int maxwidth;
6014 int width;
6015 int n;
6016 int len;
6017 int fillchar;
6018 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
6019 char_u *p;
6020 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6021 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6022 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
6024 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
6025 if (wp == NULL)
6027 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
6028 p = p_tal;
6029 row = 0;
6030 fillchar = ' ';
6031 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
6032 maxwidth = Columns;
6033 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6034 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
6035 # endif
6037 else
6039 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
6040 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
6041 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6043 if (draw_ruler)
6045 p = p_ruf;
6046 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6047 if (*p == '%')
6049 if (*++p == '-')
6050 p++;
6051 if (atoi((char *) p))
6052 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
6053 p++;
6054 if (*p++ != '(')
6055 p = p_ruf;
6057 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6058 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6059 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6060 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6061 #else
6062 col = ru_col;
6063 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6064 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6065 #endif
6066 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6067 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6068 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6069 #endif
6071 row = Rows - 1;
6072 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6073 fillchar = ' ';
6074 attr = 0;
6077 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6078 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6079 # endif
6081 else
6083 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6084 p = wp->w_p_stl;
6085 else
6086 p = p_stl;
6087 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6088 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6089 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6090 # endif
6093 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6094 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6095 #endif
6098 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6099 return;
6101 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6102 buf, sizeof(buf),
6103 p, use_sandbox,
6104 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6105 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6107 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1)
6109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6110 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6111 #else
6112 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6113 #endif
6114 ++width;
6116 buf[len] = NUL;
6119 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6121 curattr = attr;
6122 p = buf;
6123 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6125 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6126 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6127 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6128 p = hltab[n].start;
6130 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6131 curattr = attr;
6132 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6133 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6134 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6135 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6136 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6137 #endif
6138 else
6139 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6141 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6143 if (wp == NULL)
6145 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6146 col = 0;
6147 len = 0;
6148 p = buf;
6149 fillchar = 0;
6150 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6152 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6153 while (col < len)
6154 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6155 p = tabtab[n].start;
6156 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6158 while (col < Columns)
6159 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6163 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6166 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6168 void
6169 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6170 int c;
6171 int row, col;
6172 int attr;
6174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6175 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6177 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6178 #else
6179 char_u buf[2];
6181 buf[0] = c;
6182 buf[1] = NUL;
6183 #endif
6184 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6188 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6189 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6191 void
6192 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6193 int row, col;
6194 char_u *bytes;
6195 int *attrp;
6197 unsigned off;
6199 /* safety check */
6200 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6202 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6203 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6204 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6205 bytes[1] = NUL;
6207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6208 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6209 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6210 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6212 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6213 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6214 bytes[2] = NUL;
6216 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6218 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6219 bytes[2] = NUL;
6221 #endif
6225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6226 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6229 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6230 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6232 static int
6233 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6234 int off;
6235 int *u8cc;
6237 int i;
6239 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6241 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6242 return TRUE;
6243 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6244 break;
6246 return FALSE;
6248 #endif
6251 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6252 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6253 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6254 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6256 void
6257 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6258 char_u *text;
6259 int row;
6260 int col;
6261 int attr;
6263 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6267 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6268 * a NUL.
6270 void
6271 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6272 char_u *text;
6273 int len;
6274 int row;
6275 int col;
6276 int attr;
6278 unsigned off;
6279 char_u *ptr = text;
6280 int c;
6281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6282 unsigned max_off;
6283 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6284 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6285 int u8c = 0;
6286 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6287 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6288 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6289 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6290 int pc, nc, nc1;
6291 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6292 # endif
6293 #endif
6294 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6295 int force_redraw_this;
6296 int force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6297 #endif
6298 int need_redraw;
6300 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6301 return;
6302 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6305 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
6306 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */
6307 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns
6308 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6309 && !gui.in_use
6310 # endif
6311 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
6313 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' ';
6314 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0;
6315 if (enc_utf8)
6317 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0;
6318 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0;
6320 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */
6321 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1);
6322 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */
6323 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6325 #endif
6327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6328 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6329 #endif
6330 while (col < screen_Columns
6331 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6332 && *ptr != NUL)
6334 c = *ptr;
6335 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6336 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6337 if (has_mbyte)
6339 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6340 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6341 else
6342 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6343 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6344 mbyte_cells = 1;
6345 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6346 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6347 else /* enc_utf8 */
6349 if (len >= 0)
6350 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6351 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6352 else
6353 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6354 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6355 # ifdef UNICODE16
6356 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6357 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6359 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6360 if (attr == 0)
6361 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6363 # endif
6364 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6365 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6367 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6368 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6370 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6371 nc = NUL;
6372 nc1 = NUL;
6374 else
6376 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc);
6377 nc1 = pcc[0];
6379 pc = prev_c;
6380 prev_c = u8c;
6381 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6383 else
6384 prev_c = u8c;
6385 # endif
6388 #endif
6390 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6391 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next;
6392 force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6393 #endif
6395 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c
6396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6397 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6398 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6399 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6400 && c == 0x8e
6401 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6402 || (enc_utf8
6403 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)(c >= 0x80 ? u8c : 0)
6404 || screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))
6405 #endif
6406 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6407 || exmode_active;
6409 if (need_redraw
6410 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6411 || force_redraw_this
6412 #endif
6415 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6416 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6417 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6418 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6419 * and for some xterms. */
6420 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && (
6421 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6422 gui.in_use
6423 # endif
6424 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6426 # endif
6427 # ifdef UNIX
6428 term_is_xterm
6429 # endif
6432 int n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6434 if (n > HL_ALL)
6435 n = syn_attr2attr(n);
6436 if (n & HL_BOLD)
6437 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6439 #endif
6440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6441 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6442 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6443 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6444 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6445 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6446 if (clear_next_cell)
6447 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6448 else if (has_mbyte
6449 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6450 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6451 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6452 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6453 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6454 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6455 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6457 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6458 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6459 if (enc_dbcs
6460 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6461 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6462 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6463 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6464 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6465 #endif
6466 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6467 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6469 if (enc_utf8)
6471 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6472 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6473 else
6475 int i;
6477 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6478 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6480 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6481 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6482 break;
6485 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6487 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6488 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6490 screen_char(off, row, col);
6492 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6494 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6495 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6496 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6498 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6500 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6501 screen_char(off, row, col);
6503 else
6504 #endif
6505 screen_char(off, row, col);
6507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6508 if (has_mbyte)
6510 off += mbyte_cells;
6511 col += mbyte_cells;
6512 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6513 if (clear_next_cell)
6514 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6516 else
6517 #endif
6519 ++off;
6520 ++col;
6521 ++ptr;
6525 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6526 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text
6527 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */
6528 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns)
6530 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6531 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1)
6532 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6533 else
6534 # endif
6535 screen_char(off, row, col);
6537 #endif
6540 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6542 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6544 static void
6545 start_search_hl()
6547 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6549 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6550 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6551 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6552 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6553 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6554 # endif
6559 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6561 static void
6562 end_search_hl()
6564 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6566 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6567 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6572 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6574 static void
6575 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6576 win_T *wp;
6577 linenr_T lnum;
6579 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6580 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6581 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6582 has been processed or not */
6583 int n;
6586 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6587 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6588 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6590 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6591 shl_flag = FALSE;
6592 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6594 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6596 shl = &search_hl;
6597 shl_flag = TRUE;
6599 else
6600 shl = &cur->hl;
6601 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6602 && shl->lnum == 0
6603 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6605 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6607 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6608 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6609 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6610 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6611 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6612 break;
6613 # else
6614 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6615 # endif
6617 n = 0;
6618 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6620 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6621 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6623 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6624 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6625 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6626 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6628 else
6630 ++shl->first_lnum;
6631 n = 0;
6635 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6636 cur = cur->next;
6641 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6642 * Uses shl->buf.
6643 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6644 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6645 * shl->lnum is zero.
6646 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6648 static void
6649 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6650 win_T *win;
6651 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6652 linenr_T lnum;
6653 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6655 linenr_T l;
6656 colnr_T matchcol;
6657 long nmatched;
6659 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6661 /* Check for three situations:
6662 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6663 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6664 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6666 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6667 if (lnum > l)
6668 shl->lnum = 0;
6669 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6670 return;
6674 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6675 * or none is found in this line.
6677 called_emsg = FALSE;
6678 for (;;)
6680 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6681 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6682 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6684 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6685 break;
6687 #endif
6688 /* Three situations:
6689 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6690 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6691 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6692 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6694 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6695 matchcol = 0;
6696 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6697 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6698 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6700 char_u *ml;
6702 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6703 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6704 if (*ml == NUL)
6706 ++matchcol;
6707 shl->lnum = 0;
6708 break;
6710 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6711 if (has_mbyte)
6712 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6713 else
6714 #endif
6715 ++matchcol;
6717 else
6718 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6720 shl->lnum = lnum;
6721 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6722 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6723 &(shl->tm)
6724 #else
6725 NULL
6726 #endif
6728 if (called_emsg)
6730 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6731 if (shl == &search_hl)
6733 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6734 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6735 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6737 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6738 shl->lnum = 0;
6739 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6740 break;
6742 if (nmatched == 0)
6744 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6745 break;
6747 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6748 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6749 || nmatched > 1
6750 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6752 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6753 break; /* useful match found */
6757 #endif
6759 static void
6760 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6761 int attr;
6763 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6765 screen_attr = attr;
6766 if (full_screen
6767 #ifdef WIN3264
6768 && termcap_active
6769 #endif
6772 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6773 if (gui.in_use)
6775 char buf[20];
6777 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6778 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6779 OUT_STR(buf);
6781 else
6782 #endif
6784 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6786 if (t_colors > 1)
6787 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6788 else
6789 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6790 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6791 attr = 0;
6792 else
6793 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6795 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6796 out_str(T_MD);
6797 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6798 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6799 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6800 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6801 out_str(T_ME);
6802 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6803 out_str(T_SO);
6804 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6805 /* underline or undercurl */
6806 out_str(T_US);
6807 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6808 out_str(T_CZH);
6809 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6810 out_str(T_MR);
6813 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6814 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6816 if (aep != NULL)
6818 if (t_colors > 1)
6820 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6821 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6822 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6823 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6825 else
6827 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6828 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6835 void
6836 screen_stop_highlight()
6838 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6840 if (screen_attr != 0
6841 #ifdef WIN3264
6842 && termcap_active
6843 #endif
6846 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6847 if (gui.in_use)
6849 char buf[20];
6851 /* use internal GUI code */
6852 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6853 OUT_STR(buf);
6855 else
6856 #endif
6858 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6860 attrentry_T *aep;
6862 if (t_colors > 1)
6865 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6867 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6868 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6869 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6870 do_ME = TRUE;
6872 else
6874 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6875 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6877 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6878 do_ME = TRUE;
6879 else
6880 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6883 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6884 screen_attr = 0;
6885 else
6886 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6890 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6891 * same sequence several times.
6893 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6895 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6896 do_ME = TRUE;
6897 else
6898 out_str(T_SE);
6900 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6902 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6903 do_ME = TRUE;
6904 else
6905 out_str(T_UE);
6907 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6909 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6910 do_ME = TRUE;
6911 else
6912 out_str(T_CZR);
6914 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6915 out_str(T_ME);
6917 if (t_colors > 1)
6919 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6920 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6921 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6922 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6923 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6924 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6925 out_str(T_MD);
6929 screen_attr = 0;
6933 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
6934 * The machine specific code may override this again.
6936 void
6937 reset_cterm_colors()
6939 if (t_colors > 1)
6941 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6942 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6944 out_str(T_OP);
6945 screen_attr = -1;
6947 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6949 out_str(T_ME);
6950 screen_attr = -1;
6956 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
6957 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
6959 static void
6960 screen_char(off, row, col)
6961 unsigned off;
6962 int row;
6963 int col;
6965 int attr;
6967 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
6968 * resizing). */
6969 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
6970 return;
6972 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6973 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6974 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
6975 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6976 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
6977 && !cmdmsg_rl
6978 #endif
6981 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6982 return;
6986 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
6988 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
6989 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
6990 attr = screen_char_attr;
6991 else
6992 #endif
6993 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
6994 if (screen_attr != attr)
6995 screen_stop_highlight();
6997 windgoto(row, col);
6999 if (screen_attr != attr)
7000 screen_start_highlight(attr);
7002 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7003 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
7005 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7007 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
7009 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
7011 out_str(buf);
7012 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
7013 ++screen_cur_col;
7015 else
7016 #endif
7018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7019 out_flush_check();
7020 #endif
7021 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
7022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7023 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
7024 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
7025 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
7026 #endif
7029 screen_cur_col++;
7032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7035 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
7036 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
7037 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
7038 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
7040 static void
7041 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
7042 unsigned off;
7043 int row;
7044 int col;
7046 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
7047 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
7048 return;
7050 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7051 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7052 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
7054 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7055 return;
7058 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
7059 * second byte directly. */
7060 screen_char(off, row, col);
7061 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
7062 ++screen_cur_col;
7064 #endif
7066 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
7068 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
7069 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
7071 void
7072 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
7073 int row;
7074 int col;
7075 int height;
7076 int width;
7077 int invert;
7079 int r, c;
7080 int off;
7081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7082 int max_off;
7083 #endif
7085 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7086 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7087 return;
7089 if (invert)
7090 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7091 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7093 off = LineOffset[r];
7094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7095 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7096 #endif
7097 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7099 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7100 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7102 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7103 ++c;
7105 else
7106 #endif
7108 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7110 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7111 ++c;
7112 #endif
7116 screen_char_attr = 0;
7118 #endif
7120 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7122 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7124 static void
7125 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7126 int row;
7127 int end;
7128 win_T *wp;
7130 int col;
7131 int width;
7133 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7134 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7135 # endif
7137 if (wp == NULL)
7139 col = 0;
7140 width = Columns;
7142 else
7144 col = wp->w_wincol;
7145 width = wp->w_width;
7147 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7149 #endif
7152 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7153 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7154 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7156 void
7157 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7158 int start_row, end_row;
7159 int start_col, end_col;
7160 int c1, c2;
7161 int attr;
7163 int row;
7164 int col;
7165 int off;
7166 int end_off;
7167 int did_delete;
7168 int c;
7169 int norm_term;
7170 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7171 int force_next = FALSE;
7172 #endif
7174 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7175 end_row = screen_Rows;
7176 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7177 end_col = screen_Columns;
7178 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7179 || start_row >= end_row
7180 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7181 return;
7183 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7184 norm_term = (
7185 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7186 !gui.in_use &&
7187 #endif
7188 t_colors <= 1);
7189 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7192 if (has_mbyte
7193 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7194 && !gui.in_use
7195 # endif
7198 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
7199 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a
7200 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a
7201 * terminal. */
7202 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col)
7203 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
7204 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col)
7205 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
7207 #endif
7209 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7210 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7211 * space.
7213 did_delete = FALSE;
7214 if (c2 == ' '
7215 && end_col == Columns
7216 && can_clear(T_CE)
7217 && (attr == 0
7218 || (norm_term
7219 && attr <= HL_ALL
7220 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7223 * check if we really need to clear something
7225 col = start_col;
7226 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7227 ++col;
7229 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7230 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7232 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7234 if (enc_utf8)
7235 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7236 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7237 ++off;
7238 else
7239 #endif
7240 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7241 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7242 ++off;
7243 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7245 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7246 screen_stop_highlight();
7247 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7248 out_str(T_CE);
7249 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7250 col = end_col - col;
7251 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7253 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7255 if (enc_utf8)
7256 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7257 #endif
7258 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7259 ++off;
7262 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7265 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7266 c = c1;
7267 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7269 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7270 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7271 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7272 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7273 #endif
7274 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7275 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7276 || force_next
7277 #endif
7280 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7281 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7282 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7283 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7284 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7285 if (
7286 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7287 gui.in_use
7288 # endif
7289 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7291 # endif
7292 # ifdef UNIX
7293 term_is_xterm
7294 # endif
7297 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7298 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7299 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7300 force_next = TRUE;
7301 else
7302 force_next = FALSE;
7304 #endif
7305 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7307 if (enc_utf8)
7309 if (c >= 0x80)
7311 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7312 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7314 else
7315 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7317 #endif
7318 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7319 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7320 screen_char(off, row, col);
7322 ++off;
7323 if (col == start_col)
7325 if (did_delete)
7326 break;
7327 c = c2;
7330 if (end_col == Columns)
7331 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7332 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7334 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7335 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7336 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7337 if (start_col == 0)
7338 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7344 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7345 * screen or the command line.
7347 void
7348 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7349 int check_msg_scroll;
7351 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7352 && !did_wait_return
7353 && emsg_silent == 0)
7355 out_flush();
7356 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7357 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7358 if (check_msg_scroll)
7359 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7364 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7365 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7366 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7367 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7370 screen_valid(clear)
7371 int clear;
7373 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7374 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7378 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7379 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7381 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7382 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7383 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7384 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7385 * final size of the shell is needed.
7387 void
7388 screenalloc(clear)
7389 int clear;
7391 int new_row, old_row;
7392 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7393 int old_Rows;
7394 #endif
7395 win_T *wp;
7396 int outofmem = FALSE;
7397 int len;
7398 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7400 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7401 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7402 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7403 int i;
7404 #endif
7405 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7406 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7407 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7408 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7409 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7410 tabpage_T *tp;
7411 #endif
7412 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7413 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7414 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7415 int retry_count = 0;
7417 retry:
7418 #endif
7420 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7421 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7422 * screen stuff.
7424 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7425 && Rows == screen_Rows
7426 && Columns == screen_Columns
7427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7428 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7429 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7430 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7431 #endif
7433 || Rows == 0
7434 || Columns == 0
7435 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7436 return;
7439 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7440 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7441 * return here.
7443 if (entered)
7444 return;
7445 entered = TRUE;
7448 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7449 * thus we must not redraw here!
7451 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7453 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7455 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7458 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7459 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7460 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7461 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7462 * - Free the old arrays.
7464 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7465 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7466 * size is wrong.
7468 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7469 win_free_lsize(wp);
7471 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7472 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7474 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * MAX_MCO);
7475 if (enc_utf8)
7477 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7478 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7479 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7480 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7481 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7483 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7484 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7485 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7486 #endif
7487 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7488 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7489 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7490 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7491 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7492 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7493 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7494 #endif
7496 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7498 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7500 outofmem = TRUE;
7501 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7502 goto give_up;
7503 #endif
7506 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7507 if (aucmd_win != NULL && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL)
7508 outofmem = TRUE;
7509 #endif
7510 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7511 give_up:
7512 #endif
7514 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7515 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7516 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7517 break;
7518 #endif
7519 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7521 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7522 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7523 #endif
7524 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7525 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7526 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7527 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7528 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7529 #endif
7530 || outofmem)
7532 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7534 /* guess the size */
7535 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7537 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7538 * and over again. */
7539 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7541 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7542 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7544 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7545 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7546 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7548 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7549 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7551 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7552 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7553 #endif
7554 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7555 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7556 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7557 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7558 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7559 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7560 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7561 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7562 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7563 #endif
7565 else
7567 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7569 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7571 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7572 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7575 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7576 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7577 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7578 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7580 if (!clear)
7582 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7583 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7585 if (enc_utf8)
7587 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7588 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7589 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7590 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7591 + new_row * Columns,
7592 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7594 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7595 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7596 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7597 #endif
7598 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7599 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7600 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7601 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7603 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7604 len = screen_Columns;
7605 else
7606 len = Columns;
7607 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7608 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7609 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7610 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7611 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7612 #endif
7613 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7614 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7615 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7617 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7618 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7620 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7621 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7622 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7623 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7624 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7625 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7626 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7627 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7629 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7630 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7631 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7632 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7633 #endif
7634 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7635 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7636 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7640 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7641 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7644 free_screenlines();
7646 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7647 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7648 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7649 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7650 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7651 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7652 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7653 #endif
7654 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7655 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7656 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7657 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7658 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7659 #endif
7661 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7662 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7663 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7664 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7665 #endif
7666 screen_Rows = Rows;
7667 screen_Columns = Columns;
7669 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7670 if (clear)
7671 screenclear2();
7673 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7674 else if (gui.in_use
7675 && !gui.starting
7676 && ScreenLines != NULL
7677 && old_Rows != Rows)
7679 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7681 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7682 * command.
7684 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7685 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7686 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7687 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7688 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7689 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7691 #endif
7693 entered = FALSE;
7694 --RedrawingDisabled;
7696 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7698 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
7699 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
7701 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
7703 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7704 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
7705 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
7706 goto retry;
7708 #endif
7711 void
7712 free_screenlines()
7714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7715 int i;
7717 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7718 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7719 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7720 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7721 #endif
7722 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7723 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7724 vim_free(LineOffset);
7725 vim_free(LineWraps);
7726 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7727 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7728 #endif
7731 void
7732 screenclear()
7734 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7735 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7736 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7739 static void
7740 screenclear2()
7742 int i;
7744 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7746 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7747 #endif
7749 return;
7751 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7752 if (!gui.in_use)
7753 #endif
7754 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7755 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7757 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7758 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7759 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7760 #endif
7762 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7763 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7765 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7766 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7769 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7771 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7772 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7773 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7775 else
7777 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7778 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7779 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7780 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7783 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7785 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7786 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7787 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7788 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7789 #endif
7790 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7791 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7792 compute_cmdrow();
7793 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7794 msg_col = 0;
7795 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7796 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7797 msg_didany = FALSE;
7798 msg_didout = FALSE;
7802 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7804 static void
7805 lineclear(off, width)
7806 unsigned off;
7807 int width;
7809 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7811 if (enc_utf8)
7812 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7813 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7814 #endif
7815 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7819 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7820 * invalid value.
7822 static void
7823 lineinvalid(off, width)
7824 unsigned off;
7825 int width;
7827 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7830 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7832 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7834 static void
7835 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7836 int to;
7837 int from;
7838 win_T *wp;
7840 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7841 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7843 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7844 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7845 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7846 if (enc_utf8)
7848 int i;
7850 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7851 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7852 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7853 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7854 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7856 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7857 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7858 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7859 # endif
7860 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7861 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7863 #endif
7866 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7867 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7870 can_clear(p)
7871 char_u *p;
7873 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7874 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7875 || gui.in_use
7876 #endif
7877 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7881 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7882 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7883 * code.
7885 void
7886 screen_start()
7888 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7892 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7893 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7894 * characters sent to the terminal.
7896 void
7897 windgoto(row, col)
7898 int row;
7899 int col;
7901 sattr_T *p;
7902 int i;
7903 int plan;
7904 int cost;
7905 int wouldbe_col;
7906 int noinvcurs;
7907 char_u *bs;
7908 int goto_cost;
7909 int attr;
7911 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7912 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7914 #define PLAN_LE 1
7915 #define PLAN_CR 2
7916 #define PLAN_NL 3
7917 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7918 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7919 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7920 return;
7922 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7924 /* Check for valid position. */
7925 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
7926 row = 0;
7927 if (row >= screen_Rows)
7928 row = screen_Rows - 1;
7929 if (col >= screen_Columns)
7930 col = screen_Columns - 1;
7932 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
7933 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
7934 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
7935 else
7936 noinvcurs = 0;
7937 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
7940 * Plan how to do the positioning:
7941 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
7942 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
7943 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
7944 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
7946 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
7947 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
7949 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
7950 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
7952 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
7955 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
7956 * or T_LE.
7958 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
7959 attr = screen_attr;
7960 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
7962 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
7963 if (*T_LE)
7964 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
7965 else
7966 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
7967 if (*bs)
7968 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
7969 else
7970 cost = 999;
7971 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
7973 plan = PLAN_CR;
7974 wouldbe_col = 0;
7975 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
7977 else
7979 plan = PLAN_LE;
7980 wouldbe_col = col;
7982 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7984 cost += noinvcurs;
7985 attr = 0;
7990 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
7992 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
7994 plan = PLAN_NL;
7995 wouldbe_col = 0;
7996 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
7997 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7999 cost += noinvcurs;
8000 attr = 0;
8005 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
8007 else
8009 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
8010 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
8011 cost = 0;
8015 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
8016 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
8018 i = col - wouldbe_col;
8019 if (i > 0)
8020 cost += i;
8021 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
8024 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
8025 * stopping highlighting.
8027 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
8028 while (i && *p++ == attr)
8029 --i;
8030 if (i != 0)
8033 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
8035 if (*--p == 0)
8037 cost += noinvcurs;
8038 while (i && *p++ == 0)
8039 --i;
8041 if (i != 0)
8042 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
8044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8045 if (enc_utf8)
8047 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
8048 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
8049 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
8051 cost = 999;
8052 break;
8055 #endif
8059 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
8061 if (cost < goto_cost)
8063 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
8065 if (noinvcurs)
8066 screen_stop_highlight();
8067 while (screen_cur_col > col)
8069 out_str(bs);
8070 --screen_cur_col;
8073 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
8075 if (noinvcurs)
8076 screen_stop_highlight();
8077 out_char('\r');
8078 screen_cur_col = 0;
8080 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
8082 if (noinvcurs)
8083 screen_stop_highlight();
8084 while (screen_cur_row < row)
8086 out_char('\n');
8087 ++screen_cur_row;
8089 screen_cur_col = 0;
8092 i = col - screen_cur_col;
8093 if (i > 0)
8096 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
8097 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
8098 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
8100 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
8102 while (i-- > 0)
8103 out_char(*T_ND);
8105 else
8107 int off;
8109 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
8110 while (i-- > 0)
8112 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
8113 screen_stop_highlight();
8114 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8115 out_flush_check();
8116 #endif
8117 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8119 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8120 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8121 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8122 #endif
8123 ++off;
8129 else
8130 cost = 999;
8132 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8134 if (noinvcurs)
8135 screen_stop_highlight();
8136 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8137 *T_CRI != NUL)
8138 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8139 else
8140 term_windgoto(row, col);
8142 screen_cur_row = row;
8143 screen_cur_col = col;
8148 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8150 void
8151 setcursor()
8153 if (redrawing())
8155 validate_cursor();
8156 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8157 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8158 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8159 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide
8160 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */
8161 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8162 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8163 (has_mbyte
8164 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2
8165 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 :
8166 # endif
8167 1)) :
8168 #endif
8169 curwin->w_wcol));
8175 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8176 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8177 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8178 * scrolling.
8179 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8182 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8183 win_T *wp;
8184 int row;
8185 int line_count;
8186 int invalid;
8187 int mayclear;
8189 int did_delete;
8190 int nextrow;
8191 int lastrow;
8192 int retval;
8194 if (invalid)
8195 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8197 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8198 return FAIL;
8200 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8201 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8203 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8204 if (retval != MAYBE)
8205 return retval;
8208 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8209 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8210 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8211 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8213 did_delete = FALSE;
8214 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8215 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8217 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8218 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8219 did_delete = TRUE;
8220 else if (wp->w_next)
8221 return FAIL;
8223 #endif
8225 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8227 if (!did_delete)
8229 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8230 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8231 #endif
8232 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8233 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8234 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8235 if (lastrow > Rows)
8236 lastrow = Rows;
8237 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8238 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8239 ' ', ' ', 0);
8242 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8243 == FAIL)
8245 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8246 if (did_delete)
8248 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8249 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8250 #endif
8251 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8253 return FAIL;
8256 return OK;
8260 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8261 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8262 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8263 * scrolling
8264 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8267 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8268 win_T *wp;
8269 int row;
8270 int line_count;
8271 int invalid;
8272 int mayclear;
8274 int retval;
8276 if (invalid)
8277 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8279 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8280 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8282 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8283 if (retval != MAYBE)
8284 return retval;
8286 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8287 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8288 return FAIL;
8290 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8292 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8293 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8295 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8297 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8298 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8300 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8301 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8305 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8306 * command line later.
8308 else
8309 #endif
8310 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8311 return OK;
8315 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8316 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8317 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8319 static int
8320 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8321 win_T *wp;
8322 int row;
8323 int line_count;
8324 int mayclear;
8325 int del;
8327 int retval;
8329 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8330 return FAIL;
8332 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8333 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8334 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8335 && wp->w_width == Columns
8336 #endif
8339 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8340 return FAIL;
8344 * Delete all remaining lines
8346 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8348 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8349 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8350 ' ', ' ', 0);
8351 return OK;
8355 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8356 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8358 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8361 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8362 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8363 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8364 * win_line().
8365 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8366 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8367 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8369 if (scroll_region
8370 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8371 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8372 #endif
8375 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8376 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8377 #endif
8378 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8379 if (del)
8380 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8381 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8382 else
8383 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8384 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8385 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8386 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8387 #endif
8388 scroll_region_reset();
8389 return retval;
8392 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8393 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8394 return FAIL;
8395 #endif
8397 return MAYBE;
8401 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8403 static void
8404 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8405 win_T *wp;
8407 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8408 while (wp != NULL)
8409 #else
8410 if (wp != NULL)
8411 #endif
8413 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8414 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8415 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8416 wp = wp->w_next;
8417 #endif
8419 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8423 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8424 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8425 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8426 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8427 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8428 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8429 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8433 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8435 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8436 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8437 #define USE_T_AL 3
8438 #define USE_T_CE 4
8439 #define USE_T_DL 5
8440 #define USE_T_SR 6
8441 #define USE_NL 7
8442 #define USE_T_CD 8
8443 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8446 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8447 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8448 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8449 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8451 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8454 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8455 int off;
8456 int row;
8457 int line_count;
8458 int end;
8459 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8461 int i;
8462 int j;
8463 unsigned temp;
8464 int cursor_row;
8465 int type;
8466 int result_empty;
8467 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8470 * FAIL if
8471 * - there is no valid screen
8472 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8473 * - the line count is less than one
8474 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8476 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8477 return FAIL;
8480 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8481 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8482 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8483 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8484 * the insert is just empty lines
8485 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8486 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8487 * at once.
8488 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8489 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8490 * 1.
8491 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8492 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8493 * just empty lines.
8494 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8495 * just empty lines.
8496 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8497 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8498 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8500 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8501 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8502 * exists.
8504 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8505 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8506 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8507 type = USE_REDRAW;
8508 else
8509 #endif
8510 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8511 type = USE_T_CD;
8512 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8513 type = USE_T_CAL;
8514 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8515 type = USE_T_CDL;
8516 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8517 type = USE_T_AL;
8518 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8519 type = USE_T_CE;
8520 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8521 type = USE_T_DL;
8522 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8523 type = USE_T_SR;
8524 else
8525 return FAIL;
8528 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8529 * care of t_db if necessary.
8531 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8532 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8533 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8536 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8537 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8538 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8540 if (*T_DB)
8541 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8543 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8544 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8545 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8546 if (off + row > 0
8547 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8548 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8549 # endif
8551 clip_clear_selection();
8552 else
8553 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8554 #endif
8556 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8557 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8558 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8559 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8560 #endif
8562 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8563 cursor_row = row;
8564 else
8565 cursor_row = row + off;
8568 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8569 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8571 row += off;
8572 end += off;
8573 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8575 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8576 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8578 /* need to copy part of a line */
8579 j = end - 1 - i;
8580 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8581 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8582 j += line_count;
8583 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8584 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8585 else
8586 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8587 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8589 else
8590 #endif
8592 j = end - 1 - i;
8593 temp = LineOffset[j];
8594 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8596 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8597 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8599 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8600 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8601 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8602 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8603 else
8604 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8608 screen_stop_highlight();
8609 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8611 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8612 /* redraw the characters */
8613 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8614 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8615 else
8616 #endif
8617 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8619 term_append_lines(line_count);
8620 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8622 else
8624 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8626 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8628 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8629 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8630 out_str(T_AL);
8632 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8633 out_str(T_SR);
8634 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8639 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8640 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8642 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8644 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8646 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8647 out_str(T_CE);
8648 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8652 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8653 gui_can_update_cursor();
8654 if (gui.in_use)
8655 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8656 #endif
8657 return OK;
8661 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8662 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8663 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8664 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8666 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8669 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8670 int off;
8671 int row;
8672 int line_count;
8673 int end;
8674 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8675 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8677 int j;
8678 int i;
8679 unsigned temp;
8680 int cursor_row;
8681 int cursor_end;
8682 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8683 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8684 int type;
8687 * FAIL if
8688 * - there is no valid screen
8689 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8690 * - the line count is less than one
8691 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8693 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8694 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8695 return FAIL;
8698 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8700 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8703 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8704 * available.
8706 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8709 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8710 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8711 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8712 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8713 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8714 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8715 * none of the other ways work.
8716 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8717 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8718 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8720 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8721 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8722 type = USE_REDRAW;
8723 else
8724 #endif
8725 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8726 type = USE_T_CD;
8727 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8729 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8730 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8731 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8732 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8733 * the trick...
8734 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8735 * (Olaf Seibert)
8737 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8738 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8739 #else
8740 else if (row == 0 && (
8741 #ifndef AMIGA
8742 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8743 * up, so use delete-line command */
8744 line_count == 1 ||
8745 #endif
8746 *T_CDL == NUL))
8747 #endif
8748 type = USE_NL;
8749 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8750 type = USE_T_CDL;
8751 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8752 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8753 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8754 #endif
8756 type = USE_T_CE;
8757 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8758 type = USE_T_DL;
8759 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8760 type = USE_T_CDL;
8761 else
8762 return FAIL;
8764 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8765 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8766 * not the full width of the screen. */
8767 if (off + row > 0
8768 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8769 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8770 # endif
8772 clip_clear_selection();
8773 else
8774 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8775 #endif
8777 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8778 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8779 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8780 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8781 #endif
8783 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8785 cursor_row = row;
8786 cursor_end = end;
8788 else
8790 cursor_row = row + off;
8791 cursor_end = end + off;
8795 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8796 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8798 row += off;
8799 end += off;
8800 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8802 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8803 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8805 /* need to copy part of a line */
8806 j = row + i;
8807 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8808 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8809 j -= line_count;
8810 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8811 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8812 else
8813 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8814 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8816 else
8817 #endif
8819 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8820 j = row + i;
8821 temp = LineOffset[j];
8822 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8824 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8825 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8827 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8828 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8829 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8830 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8831 else
8832 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8836 screen_stop_highlight();
8838 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8839 /* redraw the characters */
8840 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8841 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8842 else
8843 #endif
8844 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8846 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8847 out_str(T_CD);
8848 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8850 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8852 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8853 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8854 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8857 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8858 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8859 * last line.
8861 else if (type == USE_NL)
8863 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8864 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8865 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8867 else
8869 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8871 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8873 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8874 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8876 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8878 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8879 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8881 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8886 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8887 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8889 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8891 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8893 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8894 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8895 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8899 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8900 gui_can_update_cursor();
8901 if (gui.in_use)
8902 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8903 #endif
8905 return OK;
8909 * show the current mode and ruler
8911 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8912 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8913 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8914 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8917 showmode()
8919 int need_clear;
8920 int length = 0;
8921 int do_mode;
8922 int attr;
8923 int nwr_save;
8924 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8925 int sub_attr;
8926 #endif
8928 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
8929 && ((State & INSERT)
8930 || restart_edit
8931 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8932 || VIsual_active
8933 #endif
8935 if (do_mode || Recording)
8938 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
8939 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
8940 * it takes a bit of time.
8942 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
8944 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
8945 return 0;
8948 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
8950 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
8951 check_for_delay(FALSE);
8953 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
8954 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
8955 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8956 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
8958 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
8959 msg_pos_mode();
8960 cursor_off();
8961 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
8962 if (do_mode)
8964 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
8965 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
8966 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */
8967 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
8968 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
8969 # else
8970 if (
8971 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2
8972 preedit_get_status()
8973 # else
8974 im_get_status()
8975 # endif
8977 # endif
8978 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
8979 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
8980 # else
8981 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
8982 # endif
8983 #endif
8984 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
8985 if (gui.in_use)
8987 if (hangul_input_state_get())
8988 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
8990 #endif
8991 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8992 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
8994 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
8995 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
8996 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
8997 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8998 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
8999 if (length > 0)
9001 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9002 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
9003 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
9005 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9006 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
9007 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
9009 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9011 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
9012 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
9013 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
9014 else
9015 sub_attr = attr;
9016 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
9019 length = 0;
9021 else
9022 #endif
9024 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9025 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9026 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
9027 else
9028 #endif
9029 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9030 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
9031 else if (State & INSERT)
9033 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9034 if (p_ri)
9035 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
9036 #endif
9037 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
9039 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
9040 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
9041 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
9042 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
9043 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
9044 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
9045 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9046 if (p_hkmap)
9047 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
9048 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9049 if (p_fkmap)
9050 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
9051 # endif
9052 #endif
9053 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
9054 if (State & LANGMAP)
9056 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
9057 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
9058 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
9059 else
9060 # endif
9061 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
9063 #endif
9064 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
9065 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
9067 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9068 if (VIsual_active)
9070 char *p;
9072 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
9073 * problems. */
9074 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
9075 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
9076 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
9078 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
9079 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
9080 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
9081 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
9082 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
9083 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
9085 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
9087 #endif
9088 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
9091 need_clear = TRUE;
9093 if (Recording
9094 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9095 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
9096 #endif
9099 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
9100 need_clear = TRUE;
9103 mode_displayed = TRUE;
9104 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
9105 msg_clr_eos();
9106 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
9107 length = msg_col;
9108 msg_col = 0;
9109 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
9111 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
9112 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
9113 msg_clr_cmdline();
9115 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9116 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9117 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
9118 if (VIsual_active)
9119 clear_showcmd();
9120 # endif
9122 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
9123 * message and must be redrawn */
9124 if (redrawing()
9125 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9126 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
9127 # endif
9129 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
9130 #endif
9131 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9132 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9134 return length;
9138 * Position for a mode message.
9140 static void
9141 msg_pos_mode()
9143 msg_col = 0;
9144 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9148 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9149 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9150 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9152 void
9153 unshowmode(force)
9154 int force;
9157 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping.
9159 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9160 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9161 else
9163 msg_pos_mode();
9164 if (Recording)
9165 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9166 msg_clr_eos();
9170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9172 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9174 static void
9175 draw_tabline()
9177 int tabcount = 0;
9178 tabpage_T *tp;
9179 int tabwidth;
9180 int col = 0;
9181 int scol = 0;
9182 int attr;
9183 win_T *wp;
9184 win_T *cwp;
9185 int wincount;
9186 int modified;
9187 int c;
9188 int len;
9189 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9190 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9191 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9192 char_u *p;
9193 int room;
9194 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9195 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9196 && !gui.in_use
9197 #endif
9200 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9202 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9203 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9204 if (gui_use_tabline())
9206 gui_update_tabline();
9207 return;
9209 #endif
9211 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9212 return;
9214 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9216 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9217 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9218 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9220 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9221 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9223 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9225 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9226 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9227 called_emsg = FALSE;
9228 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9229 if (called_emsg)
9230 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9231 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9232 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9234 else
9235 #endif
9237 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9238 ++tabcount;
9240 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9241 if (tabwidth < 6)
9242 tabwidth = 6;
9244 attr = attr_nosel;
9245 tabcount = 0;
9246 scol = 0;
9247 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9248 tp = tp->tp_next)
9250 scol = col;
9252 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9253 attr = attr_sel;
9254 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9255 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9257 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9258 attr = attr_nosel;
9260 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9262 if (tp == curtab)
9264 cwp = curwin;
9265 wp = firstwin;
9267 else
9269 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9270 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9273 modified = FALSE;
9274 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9275 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9276 modified = TRUE;
9277 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9279 if (wincount > 1)
9281 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9282 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9283 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9284 break;
9285 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9286 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9287 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9288 #else
9289 attr
9290 #endif
9292 col += len;
9294 if (modified)
9295 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9296 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9299 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9300 if (room > 0)
9302 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9303 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9304 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9305 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9306 p = NameBuff;
9307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9308 if (has_mbyte)
9309 while (len > room)
9311 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9312 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9314 else
9315 #endif
9316 if (len > room)
9318 p += len - room;
9319 len = room;
9321 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9322 len = Columns - col - 1;
9324 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9325 col += len;
9327 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9329 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9330 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9331 ++tabcount;
9332 while (scol < col)
9333 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9336 if (use_sep_chars)
9337 c = '_';
9338 else
9339 c = ' ';
9340 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9342 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9343 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9345 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9346 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9350 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9351 * set. */
9352 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9356 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9357 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9359 void
9360 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9361 buf_T *buf;
9363 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9364 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9365 else
9366 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9367 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9369 #endif
9371 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9373 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9375 static int
9376 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9377 int *attr;
9378 int is_curwin;
9380 int fill;
9381 if (is_curwin)
9383 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9384 fill = fill_stl;
9386 else
9388 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9389 fill = fill_stlnc;
9391 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9392 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9393 * current window */
9394 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9395 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9396 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9397 return fill;
9398 if (is_curwin)
9399 return '^';
9400 return '=';
9402 #endif
9404 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9406 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9407 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9409 static int
9410 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9411 int *attr;
9413 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9414 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9415 return '|';
9416 else
9417 return fill_vert;
9419 #endif
9422 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9425 redrawing()
9427 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9428 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9432 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9435 messaging()
9437 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9441 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9442 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9444 void
9445 showruler(always)
9446 int always;
9448 if (!always && !redrawing())
9449 return;
9450 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9451 if (pum_visible())
9453 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9454 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9455 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9456 # endif
9457 return;
9459 #endif
9460 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9461 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9463 redraw_custum_statusline(curwin);
9465 else
9466 #endif
9467 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9468 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9469 #endif
9471 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9472 if (need_maketitle
9473 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9474 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9475 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9476 # endif
9478 maketitle();
9479 #endif
9480 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9481 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
9482 if (redraw_tabline)
9483 draw_tabline();
9484 #endif
9487 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9488 static void
9489 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9490 win_T *wp;
9491 int always;
9493 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70
9494 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN];
9495 int row;
9496 int fillchar;
9497 int attr;
9498 int empty_line = FALSE;
9499 colnr_T virtcol;
9500 int i;
9501 size_t len;
9502 int o;
9503 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9504 int this_ru_col;
9505 int off = 0;
9506 int width = Columns;
9507 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9508 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9509 #else
9510 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9511 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9512 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9513 #endif
9515 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9516 if (!p_ru)
9517 return;
9520 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9521 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9523 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9524 return;
9526 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9527 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9528 * the (long) mode message. */
9529 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9530 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9531 # endif
9532 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9533 return;
9534 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9535 if (pum_visible())
9536 return;
9537 #endif
9539 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9540 if (*p_ruf)
9542 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9544 called_emsg = FALSE;
9545 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9546 if (called_emsg)
9547 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9548 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9549 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9550 return;
9552 #endif
9555 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9557 if (!(State & INSERT)
9558 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9559 empty_line = TRUE;
9562 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9564 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9565 if ( redraw_cmdline
9566 || always
9567 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9568 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9569 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9570 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9571 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9572 #endif
9573 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9574 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9575 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9576 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9577 #endif
9578 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9580 cursor_off();
9581 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9582 if (wp->w_status_height)
9584 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9585 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9586 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9587 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9588 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9589 # endif
9591 else
9592 #endif
9594 row = Rows - 1;
9595 fillchar = ' ';
9596 attr = 0;
9597 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9598 width = Columns;
9599 off = 0;
9600 #endif
9603 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9604 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9605 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9607 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9608 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9609 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9613 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9614 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9616 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,",
9617 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9618 ? 0L
9619 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9620 len = STRLEN(buffer);
9621 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len,
9622 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9623 (int)virtcol + 1);
9626 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9627 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9628 * screen up on some terminals).
9630 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9631 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1);
9632 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9633 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9634 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9635 #endif
9636 ++o;
9637 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9638 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9639 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9640 this_ru_col = 0;
9641 #endif
9642 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9643 * half for the filename. */
9644 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9645 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9646 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9648 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9650 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9651 if (has_mbyte)
9652 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9653 else
9654 #endif
9655 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9656 ++o;
9658 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i);
9660 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9661 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9662 if (has_mbyte)
9664 o = 0;
9665 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9667 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9668 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9670 buffer[i] = NUL;
9671 break;
9675 else
9676 #endif
9677 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9678 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9680 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9681 i = redraw_cmdline;
9682 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9683 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9684 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9685 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9686 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9687 redraw_cmdline = i;
9688 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9689 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9690 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9691 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9692 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9693 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9694 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9695 #endif
9698 #endif
9700 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9702 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9703 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9704 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9707 number_width(wp)
9708 win_T *wp;
9710 int n;
9711 linenr_T lnum;
9713 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9714 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9715 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9716 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9718 n = 0;
9721 lnum /= 10;
9722 ++n;
9723 } while (lnum > 0);
9725 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9726 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9727 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9729 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9730 return n;
9732 #endif